Citation
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1984-1985

Material Information

Title:
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1984-1985
Alternate Title:
Metropolitan State College bulletin
Creator:
Metropolitan State College (Denver, Colo.)
Place of Publication:
Denver, CO
Publisher:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Publication Date:

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
18507087 ( OCLC )

Full Text


Metropolitan State College Bulletin
1984-85
Auraria Higher Education Center 1006 11 th Street, Denver, Colorado 80204
1



College Calendar 1984-85

.....August 15
.....August 27
...September 3
November 22-23 ..December 12
Spring Semester 1985
Applications should be received by.............January 16
Classes begin..................................January 28
Spring Break no classes..................March 18-22
Spring Term ends...................................May 17
Commencement.......................................May 19
Summer Semester 1984
Applications should be received by...............May 23
Classes begin....................................June 4
Independence Day* no classes...................July 4
Summer Term ends..............................August 10
Autumn Semester 1984
Applications should be received by ....
Classes begin.....................
Labor Day* no classes...........
Thanksgiving Holiday* no classes. Autumn Term ends..................
College offices also closed during this holiday.
METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE HOLIDAY CALENDAR
All College Offices will be Closed
1984
July 4
September 3
November 22, 23
December 21, 24, 26, 27, 28, 31
1985
January 1 May 27
1984 1985
JANUARY 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 ?2 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 JANUARY 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY 8 M T W T F 8 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 I2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY 8 M T W T F 8 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 8 M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 JUNE 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
MARCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JULY 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MARCH 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JULY 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 8 M T W T F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10-11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
APRIL AUGUST DECEMBER APNIL DECEMBER
8 M T W T F 8 S M T W T F 8 8 M T W T F 8 S M T W T F S 8 M T W T F 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10.11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31
30 31
2


Contents
Page
College Calendar.............................................................................2
General Information..........................................................................5
Accreditation............................................................................5
Campus...................................................................................5
Consortium of State Colleges in Colorado.................................................5
Admissions Instructions..................................................................6
Financial Aid............................................................................8
Costs...................................................................................10
Student Personnel Services..............................................................10
Academic Information........................................................................17
Omnibus Courses.........................................................................22
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements...............................................23
Degrees and Programs Available..........................................................26
School of Business..........................................................................29
School of Community and Human Services...................................................... 37
School of Education.........................................................................45
School of Engineering Technology............................................................61
School of Liberal Arts......................................................................69
School of Professional Studies.............................................................. 85
School of Science and Mathematics..........................................................103
Course Descriptions........................................................................111
Trustees...................................................................................185
Administration.............................................................................185
Academic Administrators....................................................................187
Faculty....................................................................................189
Alphabetical Index.........................................................................201
5
Campus Map.................................................................................204
Admissions Application..................................................................... 205
3


Richard M. Fontera
July 18, 1935-April 17, 1984
President of Metropolitan State College July 1, 1982-April 17, 1984
Our college is an essential part of one of the most dynamic cities in the world and the only limit to the variety and quality of the partnerships we build with the community is found in our imaginations.


Accreditation/Approval
The College
Metropolitan State College is proud to be a leader in comprehensive, quality education. MSC is people-students, faculty, staff and alumni-who want to share in the future of their college and Colorado.
Since its creation in 1965, this exciting, four-year college has contributed to the vitality of downtown Denver. And it has changed the face of learning in the metropolitan area with its phenomenal growth to approximately 17,000 students. Metropolitan State Colleges success is reflected in the faces of its creative and determined students. Eighteen-year-olds take the first steps toward establishing a career while young professionals seek career advancement. Displaced homemakers learn new skills and all find new opportunities. The average student is 27 years old, making classes a unique blend of the eagerness of youth and the wisdom that comes with maturity. Because the student population is so diverse, education at MSC is a mutual learning experience for students and professors alike. There is a give and take between young and old, student and teacher, with all learning from one another.
While MSCs students are committed to learning, the faculty is committed to teaching. Other colleges emphasize research; MSC's more than 370 full-time faculty members are first, and most importantly, teachers. They are available to their students both in the classroom and throughout the day for extra help and advice. Many have extensive professional backgrounds, adding an invaluable dimension to their knowledge, and over 80 percent have earned the highest level of academic degree attainable in their fields.
MSC offers the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees in over 70 areas-in business, community and human services, education, engineering technology, liberal arts, professional studies, and science and mathematics. Students can also pursue specific, individualized career choices through a contract major or minor. Several academic programs are the only ones of their type offered in the region and many enjoy national reputations for excellence.
MSC is not limited to degree-seeking students. A class in the latest computer technology may attract a Realtor with a fascination for high tech. A homemaker with a life-long love of Shelley and Keats may find personal growth in a literature class. The active businessman or woman may take advantage of a night class in communications or an extended campus management class at Metro South or Metro North.
MSC's impact on the metro community continues to grow each year as Denver increasingly becomes a national center of energy, commerce and technology. The College considers itself to be a partner in Denvers future and therefore seeks ways to share resources and contribute to the quality of life. MSC students work for local businesses as interns, and many classes revolve around community issues. MSC also extends learning opportunities far beyond the boundaries of the Auraria campus through the Division of Off Campus Programs, which offers credit classes at locations throughout metropolitan Denver, as well as special seminars and workshops for area professionals.
In addition, the College reinforces its partnership with the community through jointly sponsored events that entertain and educate both MSC students and the public. Lectures by nationally known figures, concerts and plays, foreign study programs and community learning projects all bring the wealth of MSC's resources into the neighborhoods of metropolitan Denver. Metropolitan State College provides equal education and employment opportunities for all, regardless of race, color, creed, religion, age, sex, national origin or physical or mental handicap.
Accreditation/Approvals
MSC is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, the National League for Nursing, the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, the Council for Standards in Human Service Education, the National Association of the Schools of Music, and the Association of University Programs in Health Administration. The Civil and Engineering Technology, Electronics Engineering Technology and the Mechanical Engineering Technology programs are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. The School of Community and Human Services has approval from the National Institute of Drug Abuse and the National Institute for Alcohol Abuse for the study of Drugs, Alcohol and Addictive Behavior, and approval from the National Association for Public Service Executives for Community Service Development. The School of Science and Mathematics has approval from the American Chemical Society for Chemistry.
Campus
Metropolitan State College moved to new facilities on the Auraria Higher Education Center during the 1976-77 academic year. The 169-acre campus is located in downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. Denver Auraria Community College (DACC) and the University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) share the facilities with MSC.
Over one million square feet of space for classrooms, laboratories and offices are included in the facility. Some administrative offices are in restored Victorian homes in Denver's historic Ninth Street Park located within the Auraria site. The campus also features a child care center; a block-long gymnasium with a swimming pool; areas for handball, soccer, baseball and track; a student center and a library housing 700,000 volumes, one of the best research libraries in Colorado.
The Auraria Higher Education Center provides a variety of educational opportunities that meet the needs of the urban student. The three Auraria institutions continue to be governed by separate boards and to maintain their distinctive roles and missions. However, the concept of facility sharing affords the MSC student the flexibility of taking lower-division courses at the community college, and graduate, or specialized professional courses at the university. Metropolitan State Colleges four-year degree programs are coordinated with those of the other two institutions, and cross-registration is encouraged and can be accomplished easily.
The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Denver enables students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave classroom theory into the social, political, cultural and economic practice of the city.
The Auraria Higher Education Center originated with the need to provide permanent facilities for three rapidly growing urban institutions. In 1974, the Auraria Board of Directors was created by the Legislature to plan the campus, construct the buildings, provide a variety of additional centralized support services and maintain the facilities. In 1972, the Colorado Legislature appropriated nearly $40 million for the constructionof the Auraria campus. Additional funds were contributed by the City of Denver, the federal government through the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the State of Colorado. This makes the Center a creative example of cooperation by government at all levels.
Consortium of State Colleges
The member institutions governed by the Trustees of the Consortium of State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College,
5


Admissions Instructions
Mesa College, Metropolitan State College, and Western State College. The purpose of the consortium is to identify and facilitate cooperative efforts among the institutions. It is expected that such efforts will lead to broader educational opportunities for students than can be offered by any one of the institutions. The registering authority of each Consortium member institution can provide any regularly enrolled student in good standing the materials with which the student can enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring additional matriculation costs. Information concerning tuition is available at the host institution.
The enrollment status of the student at the host institution will be determined by the student's status at the home institution. Students should ascertain in advance of enrolling at a consortium institution that desired courses will satisfy degree requirements at the home institution. The process of enrolling as a consortium student should begin at least one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the host institution.
Admissions Instructions
Applications for Admission are considered in the order in which they are received each semester. To insure guaranteed processing, Applications for Admission must be, and credentials should be, received at the College not later than four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought. All credentials which are received by the College become the property of Metropolitan State College and will not be returned to the student. All transcripts should be sent directly from the issuing institution to Metropolitan State College, Box 16, 1006 11th St., Denver, CO. 80204. Under no circumstances will hand-carried transcripts be accepted.
It is the responsibility of the applicant to notify the Office of Admissions and Records of any changes on the application for admission prior to the first day of classes. If demographic changes are not reported to the Office of Admissions and Records, it could delay the admission process for subsequent enrollment. Failure to report academic changes to the Office of Admissions and Records may result in rejection or dismissal.
Admission Requirements and Procedures
Admission of Freshmen
(Applicants who have not attended college):
To be eligible for admission, students must have graduated from an approved high school. Applicants who are not high school graduates will be considered on an individual basis after submitting certified scores on the standard General Education Development test which show that they have the ability to satisfactorily pursue programs of instruction which the College offers. Other factors considered are intelligence, personality, character and comments by secondary school officials.
To apply for admission:
1. Complete the Application for Admission that can be found in the back of this bulletin. Additional copies are available from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, 1006 11th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80204 Phone 303/629-3058.
2. The completed form along with the application fee must be submitted directly to the Office of Admissions and Records. To insure processing, both the application and official transcript must be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought. It is the student's responsibility to request that a transcript be sent to the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records directly from the issuing institution in time to meet processing dates.
3. A $10 application fee, which is nonrefundable and will not apply toward tuition, must be sent with the application for admission. The application fee must be received or waived before the application can be considered.
4. Upon receipt of the above credentials, and after a preliminary evaluation has been made, the applicant will be informed of her or his admission status.
5. Students are required to have official high school transcripts or GED test scores sent directly to the College from the issuing institution no later than the fourth week of the term to insure mail registration processing for the subsequent term. Students will not be permitted to register beyond their initial enrollment unless these credentials are received.
Admission Through ACT/SAT
Although the ACT and SAT are not required for admission, high school students are encouraged to take the ACT or SAT to provide a basis for advising and counseling. If, when the student takes the ACT or SAT, she or he indicates Metropolitan State College as one of the first three choices to receive the ACT or SAT Profile Reports, the following admission procedures shall apply:
1. A letter of explanation and application form will be sent to the student.
2. If the student wishes to be considered for admission, she or he should complete the form, have the high school counselor sign it, and return it to MSC.
3. There is NO application fee.
4. The ACT and SAT Profile Reports and the application form will be used in lieu of a formal application.
5. The student need submit only one official high school transcript (following graduation) with the date the diploma was awarded. It is the students responsibility to insure that the official high school transcript is sent directly to Metropolitan State College's Office of Admissions and Records from the high school.
High School Student Education and Enrichment Program
The 'SEE' program allows high school students to sample college courses on a selective basis while enriching their current high school studies. The program emphasizes high academic achievement in high school.
To apply for admission, the following procedures apply:
1. Submit a standard admission application accompanied by the following:
(a.) a high school counselor/administrators recommendation stating how the student will benefit from early college attendance.
(b.) written parental approval
(c.) an official high school transcript sent directly to the College from the issuing institution.
2. A personal admissions interview may be requested.
Admission of Transfer Students
(Students who have attended a college or a university):
Transfer applicants are expected to present an average of C (2.00 based on a four-point system where an A" grade is 4 points) from each college or university previously attended and must be in good standing and eligible to return to the last college or university attended. Students who do not meet these standards should contact the Office of Admissions for individual consideration. Failure to report correctly any former or current college or university record may result in loss of credit and/or dismissal.
1. Complete the Application for Admission that can be found in the back of this Bulletin. Additional copies are available from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, 1006 11th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80204 303/629-3058.
2. Complete the application for admission and return it to the Office of Admissions and Records. To insure processing, the application must be received by the College at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
3. A $10 application fee, which is nonrefundable and will not apply toward tuition, must accompany the application for admission. The fee must be received or waived before the application can be considered.
6


Admission Requirements and Procedures
4. A high school transcript is requested when:
(a) The college transcripts do not give complete information about the applicant's high school record.
(b) The applicant has less than 45 quarter hours or 30 semester hours of transferable college credits.
5. Students are required to have official transcripts sent directly to the College from the issuing institution no later than the fourth week of the term to insure mail registration processing for the subsequent term. Students will not be permitted to register beyond their initial enrollment unless these credentials are received. Although an applicants record from several institutions may be summarized on one transcript, official transcripts from each institution attended are required. This is true even though no credit may have been earned at an institution. The only exception is for a non-degree seeking student who already has an undergraduate degree. For these students, the only official transcript required is the transcript from the institution granting the undergraduate degree.
Transfer Credit Evaluation
Once final official transcripts for degree-seeking students are received by the Office of Admissions and Records, the evaluation process begins. The student receives a transfer evaluation priority card which must be signed by a department advisor. The card is then submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records. Within approximatley ten weeks students receive two copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which is taken to the major and minor departments for advice on how credits might apply to their programs.
Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines:
1. Grades earned must be A, B, C or equivalent; however, only the credits will be shown on the MSC academic record. Courses with grades of D, F or similar grades will not be accepted in transfer.
2. Course content should be similar to those courses offered at Metropolitan State College.
3. A maximum of 70 semester hours will be accepted from a two-year institution. A maximum of 90 semester hours of credit will be given for acceptable work completed at a four-year institution or combination of two and four-year institutions.
4. Students earning a two-year degree consisting of at least 60 semester hours (possibly excluding CLEP) from an accredited institution with a G.P.A. of 2.0 or better will be guaranteed 60 semester hours of transfer credit, if they have met the following minimums in the MSC general studies areas as part of the two-year degree.
Freshman English..............................4 semester hours
Humanities....................................8 semester hours
Science/Mathematics...........................8 semester hours
Social/Behavioral Science.....................8 semester hours
plus 2 additional hours in any
one of these areas or in the
Career area................................2 semester hours
30 semester hours
These 60 semester hours of transfer credit may not necessarily fulfill all lower-division course requirements for a particular degree program. Students should consult with an advisor in their major department to determine whether additional lower-division courses will be required.
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students
(Former students who have not been in attendance at Metropolitan State College for one or more years):
1. Obtain the Application for Readmission from the Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, 1006 11th St., Denver, Colorado 80204 303/629-3058.
2. Complete the Application for Readmission and return it to the Office of Admissions and Records. To insure processing, the application should be received at least four weeks
prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
3. No application fee is required.
4. An applicant who has attended other collegiate institutions since last attending MSC must follow the admissions requirements for all transfer students and must have an official transcript sent directly to the College from the issuing institution no later than the fourth week of the term. Students will not be permitted to register beyond their initial enrollment unless these credentials are received.
(a) An applicant who was previously admitted as nondegree seeking and wishes to maintain this status, but in the interim has attended other colleges or universities, is required to have an official transcript sent directly to the College from the issuing institution.
(b) An applicant who was previously admitted as a nondegree student but now wishes to seek a degree at MSC is required to have one official transcript from all previously attended colleges or universities sent directly to the College from the issuing institution.
5. Applicants who are readmitting after nine years of absence from the college are required to resubmit all credentials. Only non-degree seeking MSC graduates do not have to resubmit credentials.
Admission of Special Students
This special student category will permit students to register for classes without having to submit any official transcripts. SPECIAL STUDENTS MUST MEET THE NORMAL ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS OF ALL STUDENTS, and may earn not more than 18 semester hours of credit. In order to register for classes subsequent to earning 18 semester hours of credit, a student is required to have all required transcripts sent directly to the College from the issuing institutions.
Admission of International Students
All students who declare a country of citizenship other than the United States on their applications for admission must contact the Office of Admissions and Records.
1. Admission of permanent immigrants (or refugees, parolees, asylum cases, etc.):
(a) Those individuals holding a permanent immigrant visa card and/ or I-94 form should bring these forms to the Office of Admissions and Records to be copied prior to being accepted to the institution.
(b) Official transcripts including secondary level should be submitted four weeks prior to the beginning of the
, first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
(c) Applicants may be required to pass an English proficiency examination.
(d) Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
2. Admission of applicants on student visas:
(a) International students will be admitted to Metropolitan State College for the Autumn Semester only. No new international students may be admitted to the Spring or Summer semesters.
(b) Application for Admission and all necessary supporting credentials must be received four weeks prior to the first day of walk-in registration for the Autumn Semester.
(c) Applicants are required to submit the following documents as part of their application to the College: application form, application fee, official transcripts from all secondary and post-secondary schools attended, evidence of English proficiency, and financial support documents.
(d) Official academic credentials should be submitted in the original language as well as in official English translation. Transcripts from American institutions
7


Tuition Classification
should be sent directly to the College from the issuing institution.
(e) English proficiency may be demonstrated by attaining a score of at least 500 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Only scores from the International or Special Testing programs or from the institutional TOEFL offered through the Auraria Student Assistance Center will be considered.
(f) An advance deposit of one semesters tuition and fees will be required of international students. (Scholarship recipients are excluded.)
(g) Students are required to complete a minimum of twelve (12) semester hours with a minimum 2.00 (C) grade point average for each of the Autumn and Spring semesters.
(h) Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
If students are academically admissible and have met the minimum requirements on the English proficiency examination, they will be issued the U.S. Immigration form 20 (1-20). Questions regarding the admission of students from abroad or permanent immigrants should be forwarded to the Office of Admissions and Records.
Admission and Retention of Minority Students
Metropolitan State College, through its office of Admissions and Records, strives to enhance the educational opportunities for Denver area minority residents. A recruitment network of community based agencies and organizations assists the College in meeting this objective. In addition, Admissions Officers are available to provide individual counseling regarding general admissions procedures for both new and transfer students. Specific counseling and referral services are also provided in the areas of financial aid, career planning, and academic support. Minority residents interested in attending the College are encouraged to contact the Office of Admissions and Records at the earliest possible date.
Tuition Classification
A student is classified as an in-state or out-of-state student for tuition purposes at the time of admission. This classification is based upon information supplied by the student on the application for admission and is made in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Classification Law, CRS S23-7-101et seq.(1973), as amended. Once determined, a students tuition classification status remains unchanged unless satisfactory evidence that a change should be made is presented. A Petition for In-State Tuition Classification" and the evidence requested in it should be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records, if a student believes she or he is entitled to in-state status.
The tuition classification statute requires that in order to qualify for in-state status a student (or the parents or legal guardian of the student in the case of students under 22 years of age who are not emancipated) must have been domiciled in Colorado for one year or more immediately preceding the last day to add classes for the semester for which such classification is sought. Domicile for tuition purposes requires two inseparable elements: (1) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to remain in Colorado with no intent to be domiciled elsewhere. Some examples of connections with the state which provide objective evidence of intent are: (1) payment of Colorado state income tax, (2) permanent employment in Colorado, (3) ownership of residential real property in Colorado, (4) compliance with laws imposing a mandatory duty on any domiciliary of the state, such as the drivers' license law and the vehicle registration law, and (5) registering to vote. Other factors peculiar to the individual can also be used to demonstrate the requisite intent.
Any questions regarding the tuition classification law should be directed to an admissions officer at the College. In order to qualify for in-state status for a particular semester, the student must prove that domicile began not later than one year prior to the last day to add classes for that semester. Petitions and all supporting documentation must be submitted by the last day to add a class for the semester subsequent to that for which the change in classification is sought. The dates for qualifying and
for submitting petitions are published in the class schedule each semester.
Education Policy for Persons Over 62
Older area citizens are encouraged to participate in Metropolitan State Colleges programs and activities.
1. Persons 62 years or older, wishing to enroll for credit, should submit required admissions and registration materials to the Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, Room 103, 1006 11th Street. Every attempt will be made to make financial assistance available. A college record of participation will be maintained.
2. Persons 62 years or older, who do not wish to earn credit, are invited to attend class on a space-available basis, in classes of their choice, at either Metropolitan State College or at Extended Campus locations. There is no cost for these classes. These persons may attend classes beginning the sixth day of each semester. Interested older persons should obtain a registration form from the Metro-Meritus Program in the Academic Advising and Resource Center. This form must be signed by the instructor granting approval and returned to the Metro-Meritus Office.
Participation in the no-cost, no-credit basis should not contribute to an increased faculty workload and will not involve required homework or examinations. No college records of participation will be maintained.
Financial Aid Instructions
Metropolitan State College is dedicated to providing equal access to higher education to all persons qualified for admission who have the will and ability to benefit from the instruction offered. Charges to students are low because a considerable portion of the cost of operation is paid from Colorado tax revenues. The Office of Student Financial Aid provides assistance for students who need additional finances to attend the College. This aid is available through the Pell Grant Program (formerly BEOG), the National Direct Student Loan Program, the Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the Colorado State Grant Program, as well as the College Work-Study, Colorado Work-Study, Nursing Loan, and Nursing Scholarship Programs. The office also coordinates Bureau of Indian Affairs Grants through various Indian Agencies.
The Office of Student Financial Aid requires the American College Testing Programs Family Financial Statement (FFS) to determine the degree of need. This form is designed to identify the resources of both the student and her or his parents. The family Financial Statement meets federal requirements. Use of this form means that all student needs are evaluated on the same criteria, although both the FFS and the Office of Student Financial Aid take into consideration individual circumstances.
Financial Aid Procedure
The following forms are required from those requesting financial assistance:
Freshmen
These forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid or local high schools.
1. MSC Internal Application for Financial Aid
2. The Family Financial Statement of the American College Testing Program (FFS)
Transfer Students
1. A statement of all forms of financial aid received from other institutions (Financial Aid Transcript/s)
2. MSC Internal Application for Financial Aid
3. The Family Financial Statement of the American College Testing Program (FFS)
8


Financial Aid Resources
Continuing Metropolitan State College Students
1. MSC Internal Application For Financial Aid
2. The Family Financial Statement
Financial Aid Application Procedure
Financial Aid applications are available in January. Financial Aid Awards will be processed by date of file completion. (File completion is based on all necessary documentation being in the file). Students should check with the Financial Aid Office for their file completion status.
Eligibility
Most financial assistance will be based on financial need, and any student with a demonstrated need will receive consideration. Financial need equals the estimated cost of attendance minus the resources available to the student. Resources must include parental contributions, spouses earnings, and outside income such as veterans benefits and social security.
Participants in the federal and state aid programs must be citizens of the United States, Nationals, or be a permanent resident of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, maintain satisfactory progress toward a degree and attend the College on a full-time basis (12 hours per semester).
Duration of Awards
All financial aid awards are made for one academic year (or less). To continue receiving an award, a student must:
1. Be in good standing with the College.
2. Continue to demonstrate financial need.
3. Maintain satisfactory academic progress.
Continuing awards are contingent upon adequate funding of the Federal and State financial aid programs.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
The awarding of financial aid is a contractual agreement between the student and Metropolitan State College. The continuation of financial aid is based upon the student making satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory academic progress is defined as registering for and completing 12 hours per semester with a GPA of 2.00.
Students who complete fewer than six (6) credit hours in any given semester (4 credit hours summer semester) or fail to maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 may have their aid cancelled. These students may be reconsidered for further aid only after they have completed the required credit hours in any given semester, on their own and/or have shown a substantial improvement in their cumulative GPA, as determined by a Financial Aid counselor in consultation with the student.
An NC (no credit or credit-incomplete) notation or an F grade is not considered a completed course for financial aid purposes.
Financial Aid Resources
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Undergraduate students may borrow up to $6,000 during their undergraduate career. Total loans for the first two years of school may not exceed $3,000. Repayment of the NDSL begins six months after the student ceases to be a half-time (6 hours) student. NDSL funds are to be repaid at a minimum of $30 per month. The period of repayment generally cannot exceed ten years. The NDSL has cancellation provisions. Information regarding cancellation may be obtained from the Student Financial Aid Office.
Principal and interest payments are deferrable during periods of at least half-time study.
Colorado Guaranteed Student Loan/Federally Insured Student Loan
The Guaranteed Student Loan Program enables students to borrow from lenders at a low interest rate to meet educational expenses. Eligible undergraduates may borrow up to $2,500 in a
single year, but not more than $12,500 during their undergraduate career. The interest rate for first time borrowers is currently 9 percent on the unpaid balance. The interest does not start to accrue nor does the loan become payable until six (6) months after the student ceases to be a half-time student.
The choice of the lending institution and the actual negotiation of the loan under this program are the responsibility of the student borrower. Loans are approved or denied at the discretion of the individual private lending institution after eligibility is determined by the Financial Aid Office. Forms are available at participating lenders. Processing time may range from four to eight weeks.
Student Support Loans
Student support emergency loans are available through the Student Government Loan Fund. Their offices are located in the Student Center. Loans may be secured for emergency expenses. All loans are due and payable upon receipt of the student's next Financial Aid Check.
A loan fund has been established in memory of Raymond R. Uhl, a former student at Metropolitan State College, who was killed in military action in Vietnam. The purpose of this fund is to assist needy students through loans for short periods of time.
Pell Grants (Formerly BEOG)
The Pell Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend post-high school educational institutions. Pell Grants are intended to be the floor' of a financial aid package and may be combined with other forms of aid in order to meet the full costs of education. The amount of the Pell Grant is determined on the basis of the financial resources of the student and the students family. All students are eligible to apply except those who have received a bachelor's degree. Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office and are processed directly by the federal government. There is no cost for a Pell only Grant application.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants
Amounts vary from $200 to $2,000 annually, depending upon financial need and funds allotted to the College by the federal government. Grants are renewable subject to continued financial need, a satisfactory academic record and availability of funds.
Colorado State Grant Program
Awards vary from $100 to $1,500 depending on financial need, duration of the student enrollment, and funds allotted to the College by the State of Colorado.
Colorado Student Incentive Grant (CSIG)
Grants of up to $2,000 during the fiscal year are available to Colorado residents who are enrolled full-time at MSC and are maintaining normal academic progress.
Private Scholarships
The Office of Student Financial Aid has a limited number of private scholarships available. Students seeking scholarships must begin the search early, (senior year in high school). They must determine how to apply and the conditions that must be met. It is the students responsibility to initiate any action in regard to applying for scholarships. The student is responsible for bringing the application to a conclusion. The Financial Aid Office is more than happy to assist.
1. Student and parents should research special scholarships available through employers.
2. Student and parents should check special clubs, lodges, professional organizations, unions, etc.
3. Always check with the college major department for more
specific advice.
Colorado Scholars Program
Tuition assistance grants not to exceed the cost of resident tuition and mandatory fees per academic year, are available through the academic departments. Recipients are chosen by
9


Costs
departmental scholarship committees based on departmental criteria. Interested students should contact their major departments for applications and deadlines.
Athletic Scholarships
Metropolitan State college has a limited number of Athletic Scholarships available. These scholarship awards vary from one-half to full in-state tuition. Metropolitan State College athletics include soccer, swimming, track and field, tennis and baseball for men; and volleyball, basketball, softball, swimming, and tennis for women.
Federal College Work-Study Program
The student is employed by the institution to help defray the costs of attending college. Hourly rates normally vary from $3.40 to $6.90 per hour, depending upon the skill and experience of the student. The student must demonstrate need, and may work either on campus or off campus in public non-profit agencies working in the public interest.
Colorado Work-Study Program
The recipient must be a Colorado resident, need must be shown shown. Salary ranges and eligible employers are the same as the Federal College Work Study Program.
Colorado No-Need Work-Study
Limited funds are available from the State of Colorado for students who do not show financial need. Students must be Colorado residents enrolled at least half-time and may work either on-campus or off-campus. They must apply for this program through the Office of Financial Aid. There is a limit of 20 hours per week in this program.
Outside Employment
Students who are not eligible for assistance from the Office of Financial Aid can receive help with part time job placement through the Auraria Placement Office.
Financial Aid Handbook
Students are encouraged to pick up an MSC Financial Aid Handbook which delineates In detail all the Aid programs, current satisfactory progress policy, and application procedures. This Handbook is published annually.
Costs
The Trustees of the Consortium of State Colleges in Colorado, the governing board of the College, reserves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees without notice for any semester.
Tuition and College Service Fees
Tuition and College Service fees are determined by the Legislature and Trustees shortly before the beginning of each academic year, and therefore, are not available for inclusion in this Bulletin. These costs may be found either in an addendum to this Bulletin or in the current semesters Class Schedule.
However, the cost of tuition and fees for students taking 10 or more hours per semester is projected to be approximately $490 per semester for in-state students, and $1780 for out-of-state students. The cost of students taking 9 or fewer hours will be approximately $48 per semester hour for in-state students, and $170 per semester hour for out-of-state students. There is also an additional tuition charge for hours taken in excess of 18 credits per semester. For in-state students, this charge will be approximately $24 per credit hour and $104 per credit hour for out-of-state students.
If a student participates in walk-in registration and for any reason fails to pay tuition and fees, he/she will be assessed 50 percent of the current in-state tuiton and fee rate IN ADDITION to the full tuition and fee rate for the number of credit hours for which she/he enrolled.
Standard Fees
Application Fee (required of all applicants for admission to the College. This fee is non-refundable and will not be applied on
tuition)..........................................$10.00
Transcript Fee, per transcript......................1.00
Special Fees
Returned Check Penalty............................$10.00
Health Insurance: Single coverage is included in the College Service Fee for students taking ten or more semester hours. These students may apply for a waiver if they have other coverage. Optional coverage is available for dependents of students who are enrolled for ten or more semester hours. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
Other Cost Information
The cost of books and supplies averages from $250 to $300 per academic year with the highest cost during the first semester of attendance. Other costs such as room, board, clothing, transportation, and other expenses will vary with individuals.
Tuition Adjustments
Please see the insertion to this Bulletin or the Class Schedule for the current semester.
Student Personnel Services
The Vice President for Student Affairs coordinates a wide range of student assistance programs, such as admissions, records, registration, educational and vocational testing, vocational and special counseling, financial aid, student health services, and student activities. Special help is provided for students who are having difficulties with their studies or problems of a personal nature.
Conduct of Students
It is the policy of Metropolitan State College to give students the largest degree of freedom consistent with good work and orderly conduct. However, the College does publish standards of conduct to which students are expected to adhere. The Student Due Process Procedure, which contains the procedural rights provided to students at MSC before disciplinary action is imposed, is available through the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs.
Academic Improvement Center
The Academic Improvement Center (AIC) provides academic assistance to MSC students at all levels, from basic skills development to upper-division courses, and is dedicated to gathering information about learning strategies used by adults in an academic setting. Services provided by the Academic Improvement Center include a Tutorial Program, Assessment and Placement Program, Innovative Curriculum Development to meet the academic needs of students, a Learning Disabilities Program, Feedback/Consultation Services to faculty in academic departments, and education course involvement. To as great an extent as possible, AIC instruction, whether it is done by AIC professional staff or work-study students, goes beyond merely helping students get through troublesome courses using spot tutorial methods. Instead, AIC instruction has more far- reaching, longer term results by assisting students with becoming knowledgeable about their learning styles, the MSC system, and the use of resources within the school environment. The goal is to help MSC students become more sophisticated learners and more informed about all aspects of the educational system in which they are involved.
Tutorial Program: The AIC tutorial program offers either longterm or drop-in tutoring in various subject and skill areas. AIC
10


Counseling Center
tutors are recommended by instructors from their major field of study and are trained and supervised by the Center. In addition, the AIC is making use of work-study students in creative ways to help guarantee a maximally rewarding and interesting experience. Work-study students can be employed as teacher assistants, interns, tutors, statistical technicians, staff assistants, or student advocates, depending upon the nature of the assignment. Tutoring is also available for handicapped students and work with the handicapped is coordinated with the central Aurar-ia Office for the Handicapped. Tutorial involvement helps not only the student receiving assistance, but benefits the tutors themselves by improving their communication, interpersonal and academic abilities, as well as providing valuable experiences related to future career goals.
Assessment and Placement Program: A General Assessment Test Battery is offered three times per semester for all students experiencing academic difficulty. The Assessment is designed to determine students' academic functioning in the areas of mathematics, reading comprehension, spelling and written expression. More in-depth individual assessment is also offered to students as needed. The Assessment program serves the following functions:
1. As a preliminary step in helping students select academic courses in which they will experience success. Identify students who may experience academic problems resulting from English as a Second Language, language disorders, learning style discrepancies, learning disabilities and other factors pertinent to academic performance.
2. Provide individual counseling to facilitate placement in appropriate educational programs and provide information regarding available student service agencies. To involve students in programs that utilize special curriculum and instructional strategies designed by the AIC.
3. To assist adult learners in becoming more knowledgeable about their learning styles so they can, through AIC program and course involvement, develop more efficient, adaptive learning strategies. Individualized programs are mapped out based on the students learning pace. Consult with and provide information to college faculty regarding students with special needs.
Innovative Curriculum Development to Meet the Academic Needs of Students: Faculty from academic departments are involved in designing innovative curricula to meet the academic needs of students in the AIC. The AIC has developed unique programs to help students improve their spelling, writing, note-and test-taking, mathematics, vocabulary and word usage, and memory skills. Students can earn credit while receiving help in these areas. Current innovative curriculum efforts involve program development for English as a Second Language and Nonstandard English students.
Learning Disabilities Program: Learning disabled students can possess a superior intelligence level, but underachieve because of a specific learning difficulty. The Learning Disabilities Program provides both diagnosis to identify learning disabled students and program involvement. Intensive individualized assistance is available in the areas of reading, writing, spelling, language usage, and math for which class credit can be earned. The Learning Disabilities Program also coordinates student involvement in different special needs programs and agencies. Feedback Consultation Services: The AIC has developed an elaborate referral feedback program to provide information on students processed by the AIC. Tutors, as well as professional personnel, are involved in the feedback process. A different feedback procedure is followed for students receiving individualized assessment. In addition, AIC professional personnel consult with faculty regarding regular classroom instructional techniques for special needs students.
Education Course Involvement: In order to provide more assistance to students using the AIC, professional staff instruct two upper level 480 education courses: Using Cognitive Approaches for Individual Education Program (IEP) Students" and Developing Adaptive Strategies with Skill Deficient Students." In addition, RDG 335, Methods of Tutoring, is offered to MSC students from all academic disciplines. Individuals who register for EDU 480 classes are both advanced education majors and public school teachers who wish to avail themselves of the opportunity to learn about the innovative instructional techniques used in the AIC, while also receiving recertification credit, thereby accom-
plishing an exchange of services between MSC and the Denver metropolitan community.
Counseling Center
The Center exists for the purpose of providing competent, professional assistance in three related areas to all students presently enrolled at MSC or MSC alumni. These areas are: 1) Academic Support Programs: 2) Career Development and Career Decision-Making; and 3) Counseling for Personal Growth and Change. These services are provided in a variety of forms and settings that include formal classes, workshops, seminars, counseling and educational groups as well as the traditional one-to-one setting.
Most group programs begin at the start of each semester and interested students should register prior to or during the first week of classes. Students desiring assistance are encouraged to contact the Center personally to arrange an appointment or to register for one of the programs listed below.
The Center for Counseling and Career Services is an accredited member of the International Association of Counseling Services, Inc.
Academic Support Programs:
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP): A program by which students may receive up to 60 hours of college credit by examination. There are varied requirements and limitations, and those interested in this program should contact the Center regarding their specific situation.
Test Anxiety Reduction: Workshop for students whose anxiety about taking tests interferes with studying and test performance. Participants will learn skills to change the thinking that leads to anxiety, learn to relax, and learn to study and take tests more effectively.
Life Planning and Decision-Making:
Self-Assessment Workshops: Assists students to focus on careers most appropriate to their interests and abilities. Through lecture, testing and discussion, participants learn practical skills in self-assessment and establishing career and life goals. Workshop on Alternative Careers: Aims primarily at techniques for self-evaluation. Will consider questions such as: Who am I? (needs, values, personality traits, lifestyle, etc.) What needs to be done in the world? How may I set about doing it? (e.g., selling my ideas to an employer, obtaining a grant, designing my own business or service.)
Testing: The Center uses several types of vocational, educational and personal assessment instruments which may assist in decision-making.
Personal Growth and Change
Emphasis is placed on helping students with any problem that interferes with achieving success at the College. The student must initiate contact, or be referred by a member of the professional staff of the College, in order to receive assistance. Information disclosed in counseling is held in strictest confidence and is never released without the written consent of the student. Private one-to-one assistance in each of the areas described below is available for those students who do not choose to become a member of a workshop, seminar or group.
Personal Growth and Development Group: Offers participation in a low-structure group setting designed to develop skills in communicating honestly, directly, and comfortably with other people and to promote personal growth and change through self-exploration in a supportive atmosphere. Deals with personal problems such as fears, doubts, frustrations, conflicts about school, job, family, sex, loneliness, dating, etc.
Rational Living Workshop: Provides an opportunity to become acquainted with the fundamentals of Rational Emotive Training and to apply these principles to problem areas specific to each individual's life. The process involves developing an awareness of self and of the emotional self-defeating thought patterns that have been learned. This opportunity to learn effective emotional management and positive behavior skills Is provided through discussions, lecture, role playing and group interaction.
11


Veterans Upward Bound
Anxiety Reduction Workshops: Anxiety is a learned emotional reaction that can be reduced or eliminated entirely by relearning. The Counseling Center utilizes the desensitization technique (i.e., relaxation and counterconditioning) to help eliminate inappropriate anxiety reactions. Four two-hour workshops required to complete the program.
Womens Group: For the woman who is seeking to learn more about herself and wants to identify and accept her own positive qualities. The group will develop an environment which is supportive of focusing on attitudes and feelings, as well as encouraging new modes of behavior.
Marriage Enrichment Group: The primary objectives are to help couples identify and overcome problems, to increase understanding, and to promote a sense of harmony and well-being in the relationship. The participants may include those living together in a husband-wife relationship.
Separation and Divorce Counseling Group: Designed to help people whose marriages have not endured to make the transition from being married to being single again. An intensive group experience that includes both didactic (i.e., educational) and group counseling sessions.
Veterans Upward Bound
Veterans Upward Bound at Metropolitan State College is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate Vietnam era Veterans to use their VA benefits in pursuit of personal career goals through higher education.
Veterans Upward Bound provides remedial and tutorial help so that survival in academic or vocational/technical programs is maximized. This is done during a 12-week trimester. Ancillary services such as career counseling, financial aid advisement, psychological counseling, and job placement are also provided for the participant.
High School Upward Bound
The program is designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary to succeed in education beyond high school for youth from low-income families who have academic potential but who have inadequate secondary school preparation. The program provides intensive instruction in basic academic skills such as reading, writing, and mathematics. A comprehensive counseling and enrichment program, for the purpose of developing creative thinking, effective expression, and positive attitudes toward learning, is also part of the support program. The students are recruited at the beginning of their junior year in high school from four target area high schools located in Denver County.
Special Services Program
The purpose of Special Services at Metropolitan State College is to provide educational assistance for selected students who, because of financial and/or other circumstances, may otherwise be denied a chance for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual need. Communications skills courses for college credit, coupled with tutorial assistance, will provide the Special Services student with the tools to participate in higher education. Other supportive services include counseling, testing, assistance with financial aid forms, transportation, and, when possible, social and cultural events to make the student feel a part of Metropolitan State College.
Veterans Services
The Office of Veterans Services is designed to provide student veterans, and veterans in the community, with a variety of outreach, recruitment, and retention services. These include assistance with problems involving checks, tutorial and counseling assistance, and many referrals to both on-campus offices and community services. The Office also certifies student veterans and dependents for their VA educational benefits.
Veterans' Services coordinates the Colorado Veterans Tuition Assistance program which is a state benefit offering tuition credit for many student veterans who entered the military from Color-
ado. Individuals should contact the Office for further information and assistance.
Student Health Clinic
The Student Health Clinic is an accessible, outpatient, direct health care clinic located on the Auraria campus in suite 140 of the Student Center. Its primary purpose is to provide patients with quality, economical health care services. The Student Health Clinic stresses the concepts of wellness and preventive medicine. Health education and counseling sessions are available, as well as treatment for medical problems.
Any MSC student, faculty, or staff person is entitled to services. The staff will provide medical service for departments, such as physical exams and injections, and are available to speak to classes or groups on health-related topics.
Many professional services are provided by a highly qualified professional staff consisting of physicians, nurse practitioners, and allied health professionals. Evaluation and treatment of illness, birth control information and supplies, screening for and treatment of venereal diseases, pap smears, weight counseling, health care for illness, blood pressure checks, pregnancy testing, minor surgery such as wart or mole removals, hernia and prostate checks, and student health insurance information are just a few of the available services. Evening clinics are available.
Student Health Insurance
The Student Health Insurance is a group mandatory with waiver" policy which is automatic for all full-time MSC students. The insurance premium for students taking 10 or more semester hours is included in the student fee assessment each semester. The premiums are paid to Southland Life Insurance Company. The Student Health Clinic coordinates all insurance claims and forwards them to the insurance company for payment of benefits.
Optional coverage is available for dependents of insured students who are enrolled for ten or more semester hours. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
The policy is in effect 24 hours a day in the United States and Canada and covers the period of time from the first day of classes of the semester to the first day of classes of the following semester. Insurance brochures listing other benefits, as well as insurance claim forms and information, are available at the Student Health Clinic, Room 140, Student Center. The group policy number is G 3392.
Student Activities
Metropolitan State College's Office of Student Activities offers movies, dances, leadership development programs, lectures series, art shows and a myriad of other co-curricular activities for the students of Metropolitan State College.
In addition to providing social, cultural and recreational activities, the Office of Student Activities encourages and supports the development of a wide range of professional, social, academic honorary, and special interest student organizations.
The Office of Student Activities is on the first floor of the three-story Student Activities Center wing of the Auraria Student Center. The Activities wing houses the clubs and organizations of the three Auraria institutions, the student newspapers and the administrative offices of the Student Activities staffs of the three Auraria institutions.
Auraria Student Assistance Center
The Auraria Student Assistance Center is a multi-office Center providing centralized student services to the students of Metropolitan State College as well as to those of Denver Auraria Community College and the University of Colorado at Denver. The Center is composed of five (5) offices including Career Planning and Placement Services, Disabled Student Services, Information and Referral Services, International Student Services, and Vocational Rehabilitation Services.
12


The Auraria Library
Career Planning and Placement Services
The Career Planning and Placement Services Office provides a variety of services and programs to assist students and alumni on the Auraria Campus in planning their careers and seeking employment. Assistance in formulating career goals, writing an effective resume, preparing for interview and conducting a successful job search is provided through the services of the Career Planning and Placement Services Office.
Two major events are sponsored each year-A Career Awareness Day in the fall and an Education Career Fair in the spring. Students are encouraged to contact this office early in their enrollment on the Auraria Campus to receive assistance in developing career goals and to use the available resources to reach these goals. Graduating students are encouraged to register for placement services early during their last year on campus.
Disabled Student Services
The Disabled Student Services provides aid and academic assistance to the disabled students at MSC and UCD. Services included are: registration and orientation assistance; test-taking assistance; career and academic information; readers, notetakers, interpreters and tutors; Voice/TTY service for the deaf; accessibility guide of campus buildings and issuance of handicapped parking permits; liaison and advocacy activities on behalf of disabled students; and a monthly campus newsletter.
Information and Referral
This Office provides objective information on each institution on campus and campus resources. Services include: information on admissions requirements, policies, procedures and deadlines; in-state and out-of-state tuition and fees; credit and non-credit courses; degree programs; support services available in academic advising, tutoring and testing; referrals to contact persons within the institutions to meet individual needs; information on AHEC services; and guided tours of the campus for prospective students.
The off-campus housing referral service provides information regarding rentals of apartments, houses, and the residence halls now available from the Auraria campus.
International Student Services
This Office provides a pre-enrollment contact, post admissions follow-up, tracking and numerous services to international students of the three institutions. Once the international student has been admitted, the OISS is the sole authorizing agency for all status related procedures for the three institutions on the Auraria campus. Services include: follow-up on all inquiries from foreign students after admission (reporting student status to immigration, consulates, embassies, and organizations as required); provision of financial assistance; provision of housing assistance through liaison withOISS and community clearing houses; adjustment counseling, host family information, peer interaction and student activities for international students; study abroad assistance in student and professional exchange programs. The OISS sponsors the World Friendship Festival each spring and publishes a monthly newsletter, Global World."
Vocational Rehabilitation Services
Within the Center is a branch office of Vocational Rehabilitation, a community-based social service program under the Colorado Division of Rehabilitation. The mission of VR is to help disabled persons help themselves become employable and self-supporting. Some examples of VR services, most of which are based on a students financial need, are: vocational counseling; occupational equipment and tools; special handicapped transportation; prosthetic devices; training assistance; vocationally-related tests and evaluations; job-seeking skill training; and referral(s) to additional sources of aid.
The Auraria Library
The Auraria Library provides a wide variety of learning resources for the students and faculty of Metropolitan State College and
the other Auraria institutions. The library has almost 700,000 volumes of books, microforms, and bound periodicals, in addition to over 1,700 current periodical and newspaper subscriptions. Collection development efforts are focused on providing a strong base for learning/teaching efforts on campus and to developing indepth collections in the fields of public administration, design and planning, urban studies, and criminal justice. The main collection is supplemented by the Design and Planning Resource Center which is located in Bromley Building, Suite 200, and open to all campus personnel. In addition, as a member of the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries, the Auraria Library has access to an additional 6,000,000 volumes through inter-library loan as well as being able to access materials across the country.
All students are encouraged to take the self-guided audiotape tour of the library which takes about 50 minutes in order to familiarize themselves with the resources and services available to support their academic pursuits. Special services offered by the library include computerized bibliographic searches, library orientation and instruction for groups and individuals, a depository of U.S. and Colorado government publications, and media listening and viewing facilities. Library rooms are also available for individual study, group conferences and typing. A new resource center for disabled students has also been established within the library.
The Media and Telecommunications Division of the library also has an internship program and a self-service graphics lab which might be of particular interest to students.
Student Center
The Auraria Student Center serves as the location for out-of-class activities and services for Metropolitan State College students. The Center, shared by the students of the three institutions on Auraria, contains a bookstore, student activities offices, cafeteria, rathskellar, game room, meeting and conference rooms, MSC Health Center and a variety of lounges for study and relaxation. The Center also contains the Commuter Center, which lists available housing and public transportation information. The Student Center is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreational activities of the college community.
The Student Center is located at 9th Street and Lawrence Steet.
Housing
Although the college does not operate residence halls, assistance in finding adequate housing in the Denver area can be obtained through listings in the Auraria Student Center administrative office.
Auraria Child Care Center
Auraria Child Care Center is a non-profit organization that provides quality child care for students, faculty and staff of the Auraria campus. The Center is fully licensed by the Colorado Department of Social Services and meets all intra-agency requirements. During any session, space is available for 30 toddlers aged 18 months to 3 years and 120 children aged 3 to 8 years. Toddler, preschool, and fully accredited kindergarten programs are implemented by teachers with credentials in Early Childhood Education. The programs focus on the development of the total child, including intellectual, social, emotional, and physical growth.
Registered care is available full time, part time, or two-hour time blocks in order to accommodate students' varying class schedules. Drop-in care for irregular or infrequent users is available upon advance notice to the Center, provided space is available.
The Child Care Center offers opportunities for Auraria students to gain experience in working with preschool age children through volunteer work, work-study or hourly employment, and practicum experiences.
Auraria Department of Public Safety
The Department of Public Safety provides professional law enforcement services for the Auraria Higher Education Center.
13


Auraria Department of Public Safety
Sworn peace officers patrol the campus 24 hours a day; each day of the week trained dispatchers are on duty at all times to receive calls. Calls warranting police or emergency services should be directed through the emergency number at 629-3271.
The types of services provided by Public Safety include: the prevention of crime; investigation of offenses, and taking crime reports; responding to first aid and emergency calls for assistance; monitoring of alarm systems throughout the campus; monitoring facilities for suspicious activity and unauthorized use; and enforcement of parking and traffic regulations, including accident reporting. By taking an active role as a concerned student and reporting suspicious activities or rendering assistance to A.D.P.S., the student can help provide a safer and more enjoyable campus.
The members of the Department of Public Safety are dedicated to the service of the collegiate community at Auraria and the safety of its users.
14






Admission and Registration
The College operates on the semester system with each semester during the academic year consisting of fifteen weeks of instruction. Running concurrently with the fifteen-week courses are modules, scheduled to begin on the first, sixth and eleventh week of the fifteen-week semester. During any fifteen-week semester students may enroll in fifteen-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both, as long as the limitations outlined under Course Load are not exceeded.
The College also offers a ten-week summer term during which students may enroll for either ten-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both. The course load restrictions are adjusted to be equivalent to those of the regular academic year.
Classes are scheduled during the day and in the evening in order to accommodate people who are employed. Students who are planning to take the majority of their classes in the evenings should check with appropriate department chairpersons about the availability of courses in their major during evening hours. Enrollment can be on a full-time or part-time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a baccalaureate degree, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning about particular areas of interest for cultural or intellectual reasons.
Admission and Registration
Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College should review the College's admission requirements. Students must be accepted for admission in order to be eligible for degree programs.
All continuing students in good standing at Metropolitan State College are eligible to register each semester.
Students may maintain the status of continuing student while absent from the College; however, following two full semesters of absence, students should review their status with the Office of Admissions and Records to determine whether an updated application for readmission will be required.
A student may register for classes in one of two ways: (1) by mail approximately eight to ten weeks prior to the beginning of the semester; or (2) by direct computer registration just prior to the beginning of classes. Information on the registration procedure and registration dates are published in the Class Schedule which is mailed to all continuing students. Students are responsible for insuring that there is a correct and up-to-date address with the College. Address changes may be made with the Office of Admissions and Records.
Registration procedures and dates for five-week modules are described in the Class Schedule.
Academic Standards
The Board on Academic Standards Exceptions is composed of three faculty, two students and two administrators. The Associate Vice President for Student Affairs serves as chair. This Board provides a final appeal for students wishing to petition for exceptions to existing academic policies. Students wishing to appeal should contact the Office of Admissions and Records.
Academic Advising and Resource Center
The Center coordinates academic advising and related matters in the seven Schools of Metropolitan State College, and provides ongoing academic advising for prospective and continuing students, especially those who are undecided about a major. General Information about the College, programs of study, and degree requirements are available in the Center. The following programs are housed in the Center:
New Student Orientation/Advising and Assessment Program
The New Student Orientation/Advising Program is designed to acquaint students with Metropolitan State College, its programs, services, activities and faculty. In addition, students new to the College are provided with information concerning course selection, transfer of credits, scheduling and other matters pertaining to the enrollment process. Through assessment in the skill areas of math, reading, and writing, the program helps students identify and select the most appropriate courses to begin their college career. This orientation and assessment is mandatory for all first year students who have not previously attended college.
Probation Review
The probation suspension policy at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide each student with the opportunity to maintain high standards and achieve academic success.
Students are required to maintain a grade point average of 2.00 (C) in order to qualify for graduation. When a student's grade point average for a semester falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on a warning status.
If a student has failed to show satisfactory progress at the end of the warning semester, the student will be placed on probation subject to suspension at the end of the probation semester if satisfactory progress is not achieved. A probation student may be advised to repeat courses, enroll in specific courses, or limit the number of hours attempted during this probationary semester. A student who is dismissed may petition for readmission after one year.
A students warning or probation status is subject to the student's decreasing a deficiency each semester until a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 is achieved. The College advises every student placed on warning or probation status to meet with a member of the Probation Review Committee and the student's major advisor. A mid-term progress report may be required before a student is allowed to register for the following semester.
Students who have been readmitted to the College on probation or warning will have their status changed when they have attempted a minimum of twelve semester hours and maintained at least a C average, or the GPA stipulated at the time of admission, for all course work attempted at Metropolitan State College. Students readmitted on probation or warning will be reviewed for possible suspension when failing to show satisfactory progress regardless of the number of hours attempted. After removal from probation or warning, the student will be subject to the standard policy outlined above.
Upon completion of the stipulated suspension period, a student may apply for reinstatement through the Probation Review Committee. No student may re-enter after academic suspension without the written approval of the Probation Review Committee.
Contract Major/Minor
Students who have a particular educational career goal in mind but cannot find a College major or minor that fits that goal may be able to satisfy their objectives through a Contract Major/Minor. With the assistance of a faculty advising committee, students may plan a course of study to coincide with their personal goals and with MSC requirements.
Metroline 3018
This special telephone number has been established in the Center to assist students and citizens with inquiries regarding the College. Students, faculty, and staff in the Center can answer questions or refer the inquirers to the appropriate College official or program.
17


Division of Off Campus Programs
Womens Center
The Women's Center provides a place and a system of support for women in need of assistance. The Center disseminates information regarding on and off-campus educational services, entitlements through financial aid, and admission procedures. The Center houses a resource library and provides counseling and assistance in planning for new directions in the students life. The Center is considered an extended family" whose objective is to give to the individual personalized counseling and referrals.
Metro-Meritus
Metro-Meritus is designed to give special encouragement and assistance to retired citizens to continue their personal educational growth in a stimulating and friendly campus setting. Assistance is given in processing these students into and through the application and registration system.
Division of Off Campus Programs
The changing nature of our society has always created new responsibilities and challenges for educators. During the past decade, those changes have come more rapidly and have been more comprehensive. Preparing people for successful and contributing roles in the society requires careful coordination with many areas of the community, as well as a keen awareness of the educational needs of the nation.
In order to fulfill its educational responsibility, the Division of Off Campus Programs has been designed by Metropolitan State College to meet the diverse higher education needs of the four-county area. The Departments of Adult Learning and Assessment Center, Conferences and Seminars, Cooperative Education, Extended Campus Programs, and Intercultural Services are the core of Off Campus Programs. Through these departments, educational opportunities for students, faculty and the community have been developed. Partnerships have been established between MSC, other institutions and business, which are creating new models and standards for the development and delivery of innovative, high quality education.
Adult Learning and Assessment Center
Adults entering or re-entering college often face several tasks: identifying new career directions; identifying educational programs to meet their needs; managing change in their own lives; and balancing educational goals with work andfamlly responsibilities. The Adult Learning and Assessment Center provides support to enable adults to meet their educational goals.
Individualized planning sessions help adults to identify the educational options best suited to their needs, including non-traditional credit options and to identify their educational goals. A course for adults entering or re-entering college, Adult Educational Planning,enables adults to identify their career, personal, and educational goals, to understand their learning styles and needs, and to understand the process of change and transition in adulthood.
Through the Credit for Prior Learning Program, adults may apply for credit for college-level learning gained through experience. The Center offers a Portfolio Development Workshop and individualized assistance for adults interested in credit for prior learning.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a program which places students in work experiences related to their academic major. The purpose of the program is to integrate academic training with actual work experience. This allows students to make realistic career decisions, gain valuable work experience, obtain recommendations for graduate school, and earn money to help defray college expenses.
Students work in large corporations, small businesses, government, and non-profit agencies throughout the metropolitan area. Most co-op students are paid by their employers, but in those professional fields where co-op salaries are not available, volunteer internship placements are offered to help students gain essential work experience.
Students may choose from three different work schedules based on the academic calendar. The alternating plan provides full-time periods of work every other semester with intervening semesters spent in full-time study. The parallel schedule places students in jobs while they simultaneously attend school. These positions are usually part- time. The short term/summer plan allows students to elect a work experience which lasts for no more than one semester.
Co-op placements are available to Business, Engineering Technology, Liberal Arts, Professional Studies, and Science and Mathematics students. To register for the program students must have completed at least 30 semester hours of college course work with a minimum 2.5 GPA and have declared an MSC academic major.
The college awards academic credit for supervised cooperative education placements. Students must complete a credit application available from the co-op office, and this application must be approved by a faculty member from the department in which credit is to be granted. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward MSC degree requirements.
298-1-3 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor.
An entry level work experience in a private company or an agency of the Federal or State government related to the student's major supervised by professionals on-the-job in conjunction with an MSC faculty member.
398-1-12 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instructor.
An advanced work experience in a private company or governmental agency related to the students major and supervised by professionals on-the-job in conjunction with an MSC faculty member.
For more information on the program and the placement opportunities In your academic major, contact the Cooperative Education Office at 1045 9th Street Park.
Department ot Conferences and Seminars
The Department of Conferences and Seminars is another facet of MSC's continuing effort to provide educational opportunities for the people of metropolitan Denver. The Department specializes in workshops, seminars, and conferences for professional groups and organizations with specific educational needs. These programs often have a credlt/non-credit option to allow participants to earn academic credit from MSC If they desire. In some cases, Continuing Education Units are offered.
Each year the Department organizes and offers 30-40 professional development programs for specific groups who wish to update their skills in professional areas such as education, journalism, nursing, psychology, sociology, and holistic health. Professional organizations are encouraged to contact the Department if they have educational needs that can be met through workshops and seminars.
Extended Campus Credit Program
The Extended Campus Credit Program provides fully accredited MSC courses at convenient locations throughout the Denver Metropolitan area. Courses are selected and scheduled to accommodate business professionals pursuing career advancement, degree-seeking students and those interested in personal enrichment. A majority of these classes are offered at Metro South (5I5I S. Holly St.) and Metro North (9450 Pecos St.). Other classes are held in businesses, schools, and other community facilities. Extended Campus classes are open to regular MSC students and other area residents. Standard tuition charges apply. Students may apply and register at the various locations during the first two weeks of classes or apply earlier through the Extended Campus Office to assure seating.
Intercultural Programs
Intercultural Programs delivers educational and training services to the Denver metropolitan areas multi-ethnic and international
18


Interinstitutional Registration Denver Area Colleges
community. Major services include the Bilingual Vocational English Training Program, which provides on-the-job training to adults who need more cultural, English and job skills to enter into or move up in today's competitive market. In conjunction with the Department of English and the Academic Improvement Center, the program also offers a comprehensive curriculum in English as a Second Language to students who need to increase their English proficiency to gain maximum benefits from their college experience. Other programs include language and cross-cultural training to businesses, industries, and public agencies which interface with individuals and groups from different countries and cultures.
Rocky Mountain Performance Assessment Center
In cooperation with the University of the State of New York Regents External Degree Nursing Program, the Rocky Mountain Performance Assessment Center at MSC administers the nursing performance examinations developed by the Regents nursing faculty. The Regents Program permits an individual to earn a degree in nursing by documenting independent learning through transcript evaluation or objective examinations. The Rocky Mountain Performance Assessment Center administers the performance examinations which test the nursing competencies required of candidates for the associate and baccalaureate degrees. The examinations are administered at various clinical sites in the Denver area. Credit is awarded by The University of the State of New York. The Regents External Degree Nursing Programs are fully accredited by the National League for Nursing.
For additional information, please contact the Center in CN 313, or call 629-8570.
Interinstitutional Registration
Denver Area Colleges
Students enrolled at Metropolitan State College may register for courses during the enrolled semester at Arapahoe Community College, Denver Auraria Community College, Community College of Aurora, Front Range Community College, Red Rocks Community College, and Rockmont. Courses taken at these institutions in no way alter existing Metropolitan State College degree requirements, but may apply toward degree requirements at MSC subject to specific approval by MSC. In the event a conflict exists oetween the pohcies/procedures ot msu and one of the Colleges listed above, the most restrictive policy prevails.
Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for courses at these other institutions is available from the Office of Admissions and Records.
Concurrent Enrollment
Concurrent enrollment differs from interinstitutional enrollment in that the student is currently matriculated and enrolled at two different institutions. Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metropolitan State College and another college at the same time must obtain a letter of permission from the registering authority of each institution. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of both institutions.
Semester Hours Credit
Course credit is based upon units designed as semester hours. One semester hour represents one class period of fifty minutes per week for fifteen weeks and normally about two hours per week of preparation by the student outside of class. Laboratory courses give one semester hour of credit for each two, three or four hours of scheduled work in the laboratory during a week.
Course Load
The average course load per fifteen-week semester is fifteen or sixteen semester hours. Students who are academically strong may take up to eighteen semester hours during Autumn and Spring Semesters and up to twelve semester hours during the Summer Semester. Students with cumulative grade point aver-
ages of 3.25 or higher may take nineteen or twenty semester hours during Fall and Spring Semesters and those with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher may take twenty-one semester hours. Authorization for overloads without these grade point average minimums must be obtained from the students major department chairperson and appropriate Dean. Authorization for overloads in excess of 21 semester credits is given by the Board on Academic Standards Exceptions following a successful formal appeal prior to the beginning of the semester. The appeal to department chair or the Board on Academic Standards Exceptions should begin by obtaining a petition from the Academic Advising and Resource Center in CN 102.
*For information on the charge per credit hour in excess of 18 refer to the "Costs section of this Bulletin.
Course Numbers, Descriptions, and Offerings
Before starting registration, students should study the list of courses for information on the level of instruction, credit, course sequence, content, and prerequisites.
The first digit in a course number designates the level of instruction. Only courses numbered 100 or above will be included in credits toward a degree. Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 through 299 primarily for sophomores, 300 through 399 primarily for juniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although students should not take courses above the level of their class (based upon semester hours earned), they may do so at one level above if they have the specified prerequisties. In special cases, students may be permitted to take courses more than one level above that designated for their class if, in addition to meeting the requirements for prerequisites, they obtain the permission of their advisor and of the faculty member teaching the course.
After each course number is a figure specifying the semester hours of credit. As an example, English 101-3 is a three-credit course. Following the course title is a second set of numbers in parentheses indicating the division of time between lecture and laboratory. The second number in parentheses indicates the number of laboratory, shop, or field hours. For example, in a science course followed by (3 + 4), the numbers indicate three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory.
Course descriptions provide a summary of the content of the course. If there is a prerequisite that must be met before a student will be permitted to register for the course, this information is listed above the course description.
A list of all courses, instructors, class meeting times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule, which is printed well in advance of the beginning of each semester, and is available to all students.
Decisions on which of the courses listed in this Bulletin are taught during the year will be based on predictions of student demand and the amount of funds available.
Changes in Registration
Students may adjust schedules by dropping and/or adding classes during the first fifteen percent of each semester (not including weekends). See the current Semester Class Schedule for complete information concerning the tuition and fee refund schedule.
Students who reduce their course load after fifteen percent of the term through the end of the fourth week of classes will receive an NC notation for each course they have adjusted and a twenty five percent refund if applicable. An NC/Withdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Office of Admissions and Records.
Students reducing their Course Load after the fourth week of classes through the end of the fourteenth week of classes may receive an NC notation for each course, provided faculty approval is granted. An NC/Withdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Office of Admissions and Records. See the paragraphs on Grades, Course Load, and Class Attendance in this Section.
19


Class Attendance
Proportional time frames are applied for module courses and workshops.
Procedures for adding or dropping a five-week course after the course has begun are described in the current Class Schedule.
Class Attendance
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point that they jeopardize success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
If students anticipate a prolonged absence because of illness, they should contact their instructors, if possible. If they find that they cannot do this, they should contact the Vice-President for Student Affairs who will inform the instructors of the reasons for the anticipated absence.
Whenever an instructor thinks that a students absences are interfering with academic progress, she/he may submit a letter to the Office of the Vice-President for Student Affairs describing the situation.
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning is a phrase used to describe classes in which students are allowed to proceed at a pace that is suited to their personal learning needs and learning style. Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semester or module, with the advantage of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed slowly without time limitations that might interfere with the mastery of each required skill.
This personalized system of learning relies heavily on learning aids and media so that tutors, student proctors, and faculty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and assistance.
Self-paced courses are identified in the Class Schedule by SP" or self-paced." Information on the method of instruction and the nature of program is available in each department. Self-paced courses are optional and are open to all.
Students who do not complete the work of a self-paced course during a semester are given the notation of NC and must reenroll in and pay for the course in a subsequent semester in order to continue in that course. A letter grade is awarded during the semester in which the work is completed satisfactorily.
Nontraditional Credit Options in Lieu of Course Requirements
Successful completion of special examinations and/or completion of a prior learning portfolio which, assessed for credit, may be substituted for the completion of course requirements, may permit placement in advanced courses, or may be used as the basis for awarding credit. A student may earn up to sixty semester hours of credit toward degree requirements using nontraditional credit options. Approved credit of this sort will be posted to the students record after completion of 8 semester hours of classroom (resident) credit. Nontraditional credit may not be used toward the last twelve credit hours of a degree program, does not substitute for residency requirements, and may not be used to challenge prerequisite courses for courses already completed. Students are advised that letter grades are not assigned for nontraditional credit, and some institutions may not accept transfer credits which do not include letter grades.
Departmental Course Examinations
In special cases a department may grant a student credit toward graduation for college courses in which she or he requests and passes special college examinations. Under this provision a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit may be awarded by the College. A fee of $10.00 per semester hour credit will be charged.
Examinations for credit must be based on work equivalent to a regular course offered by the college (omnibus-numbered courses are excluded), and the credit granted will be for the
corresponding course, provided the student has no previous collegiate enrollment for a similar course and the credit is applicable toward the students graduation requirements. Evidence of work justifying an examination for credit must be presented to the department chairperson no later than the third week of classes in a semester. Permission for such examination must be secured in advance from the appropriate dean upon recommendation of the department chairperson.
No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good standing in a degree-seeking curriculum in the College. Credit by examination will not be approved for a student who is within 12 classroom credit hours of completing degree requirements. No credit by examination can be obtained for a course in which a student has been officially enrolled at Metropolitan State College or at another institution, whether or not the course has been completed and a grade awarded. Credit by examination cannot be obtained for college courses attended as a listener, visitor, or auditor.
When students have completed a course in the same discipline, higher in number than the course for which they are seeking examination credit, permission will be granted provided the two courses are unrelated and approval is granted by the appropriate department chairperson and dean. In a given discipline no credit by examination can be obtained for a course lower in a number in a sequence than the highest-numbered course already completed by that student. If a student is registered for, but has not completed a higher-numbered course in a sequence, the examination for the lower-numbered course must be completed within the first three weeks of the semester. Exceptions must be appealed to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions following endorsement of the department chairperson or dean. Examinations cannot be taken to raise grades, to remove failures, or to remove NC" or SP" notations. Credit by examination is not applicable toward academic residence requirements. Examples of unrelated subject matter:
ART 212, Human Anatomy for Artists ART 103, Basic Photography Methods ITS 241, Introduction to Photography ITS 101, Introduction to Wood
Examination for credit will be taken at a time specified by the department, but after the special examination fee has been paid. No examination for credit in a college course may be repeated. A grade equivalent to A" or B must be attained on the examination in order to receive credit, but credits so earned for the course will be recorded without grade reference on the students permanent record. Credits in courses for which credit is earned by examination are not considered in computing college grade point averages.
Credit by examination will be posted after a student has completed 8 semester hours of credit at Metropolitan State College and after an evaluation of all possible transfer credits has been completed.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
The College Board has developed a program of examinations designed to evaluate non-traditional college-level education, specifically including independent study and correspondence work, and to award credit for successful demonstration of this knowledge. This program, known as the College-Level Examination Program or CLEP, consists of two series of examinations --the General Examinations and the Subject Examinations.
The General Examination series includes five separate examinations covering the areas of English Composition, Humanities, Natural Sciences, Math and Social Sciences-History. Based on the results of these examinations, the College may award up to a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit in the freshman general studies requirements areas. Thus, the successful student may test out of most of the traditional courses required during the freshman year. MSC does not allow credit for the English Composition Examination.
The Subject Examination series consists of more than 45 examinations which apply to specific college courses. MSC allows credit for 18 of these examinations. Thirty semester hours of credit also may be awarded under this series, making a total of 60 semester hours of credit obtainable under a combination of the two series of examinations.
20


Pass Fail Option
Credit obtained under CLEP at another institution will be reevaluated according to MSC credit-by-examination standards. Interested students should contact the Counseling Center for complete information about this program before registering to take any of these exams.
Credit for Prior Learning
Students may apply for credit for college-level prior learning gained through experience by submitting a prior learning portfolio to the Adult Learning and Assessment Center which will forward it to the appropriate academic department for evaluation and assessment. Credits are awarded on the basis of careful evaluation of the prior learning portfolio which should demonstrate that the applicant's prior learning is equivalent to the learning objectives described in course syllabi for courses taught at Metropolitan State College. (Students may need to check with departments for specific departmental guidelines in addition to College guidelines.) The award of credit will be recommended by the departments, and must receive final approval from the Prior Learning Assessment Committee composed of a faculty representative from each School of the College. Applicants for Credit for Prior Learning will generally be required to take the Portfolio Development Workshop. A fee of one-half the part-time student tuition rate will be assessed for credit awarded. Policies governing nontraditional credit options apply for credit for prior learning. Contact the Adult Learning and Assessment Center for assistance and further information.
Attainment Examinations
Any student may take attainment examinations in certain departments for the purpose of waiving specific graduation requirements. Passing such an examination, although not reducing the number of credits required for graduation, entitles the student to substitute a subject of her/his own choice for the required subject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the course.
Advanced Placement Examinations
Students who have performed satisfactorily in special college-level courses while in high school, and who have passed appropriate Advanced Placement Examinations conducted by the College Entrance Examination Board, may submit the results to the Office of Admissions and Records for consideration for college credit. This office, in consultation with the appropriate department chairperson, determines the amount and nature of the credit and/or advanced placement granted.
Credit for Military Training and Other Training Programs
Military training and other training programs which have been assessed for college credit by the American Council on Education will be evaluated by the Office of Admissions and Records for transfer credit at Metropolitan State College. For military training, copies of training certificates and a copy of the DD214 should be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records. For other training, official ACE transcripts should be submitted.
Pass-Fail Option
The pass-fail option encourages the students to venture out of their major and minor fields and thereby broaden their educational experience. The pass grade has no effect on the grade point average; the fail" grade is equivalent to the grade of F. Students having already completed at least one MSC course with at least a 2.00 cumulative grade point average may choose to be evaluated for a certain course on a Pass-Fail basis rather than by letter grade. Courses taken on a Pass-Fail basis will apply to major, minor or teacher certification requirements only with the approval of the appropriate department chairperson. Self-paced courses may not be taken under the Pass-Fail option. Maximum graduation credit for these ungraded courses is eighteen credit hours, earned in no more than six courses, limited to one course per semester or module.
A student must declare interest in the pass-fail option no later than the last day to add classes (during fifteen percent of the
term) for a particular semester or module by contacting the Office of Admissions and Records. The instructor will assign and record the Pass-Fail grade on a final grade list which identifies students electing and eligible for Pass-Fail grading. If the student requests the option and later is declared ineligible, he/she receives notification from the Office of Admissions and Records during the semester that he/she will receive a regular letter-grade in the course. Once approved, the request for the Pass-Fail option is irrevocable.
Some institutions do not accept credits for courses in which a Pass" grade is given. Therefore, students who plan to transfer or take graduate work should determine whether the institution of their choice will accept the credit before registering for courses under the Pass-Fail option.
Final Examinations
It is the general policy of the College to require final examinations of all students in all courses in which they are registered for credit, with the possible exception of seminar courses or special projects.
Grades/Notations
Alphabetical grades and status symbols used at Metropolitan
State College are as follows:
A Superior....................4 quality points per semester
hour attempted.
B Above Average...............3 quality points per semester
hour attempted
C Average.....................2 quality points per semester
hour attempted.
D Below Average
but Passing...............1 quality point per semester
hour attempted.
F Failure....................0 quality points per semester
hour attempted.
NC No Credit
Nl No Credit Incomplete
S Satisfactory (Limited to Student Teaching)
P Pass
X Grade assignment pending. Student must see Faculty for an explanation or assignment of grade.
The No Credit (NC) notation is not a grade. It may indicate withdrawal from the course, a request at registration for no credit, course repetition, or may be assigned when a student was unable to take the final examination and/or did not complete all of her/his ouTof-class assignments due to unusual circumstances such as hospitalization. Incomplete work denoted by Nl must be completed within one calendar year or earlier, at the discretion of the faculty member. The notation has no effect on the grade point average.
The NC notation may also be used in self-paced courses to indicate that the student and/or the faculty have decided to extend the student's exposure to the course in order to increase the student's proficiency. In order to earn credit, the student must re-register for and pay for the course in a subsequent term. The Nl notation may not be awarded in a self-paced course.
The following minimal requirements shall be required throughout the College and shall be a part of all school, departmental, or individual policies:
1. The NC notation shall be available to students in all instances through the fourth week of classes of each term.
2. During the last week of a term, requests by students for an NC notation in a given course shall not be granted. The NC (incomplete) notation may be used during this period provided the conditions specified above apply.
3. A written policy statement describing the use of the NC notation shall be given to each student for each class in which she/he enrolls.
4. Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point that they
21


Quality Points
jeopardize her/his success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
Additional requirements for an NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member. School policies shall supersede departmental policies; either school policies or departmental policies shall supersede individual policies.
Repeated Courses (Last Grade Stands)
A student may repeat any MSC course previously taken regardless of the original grade earned. By so doing only the credit and the grade for the latest attempt at the course will remain on the student's academic record. The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the NC" notation. The courses must carry the same title, course number and credit hours. To effect such a change, the student must re-register and pay tuition for the course in question, complete the course with a letter grade and complete the necessary form in the Office of Admissions and Records indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made administratively at the time o* degree evaluation or earlier, as identified. Credit duplication involving transfer, inter-institutional or consortium courses may be treated differently from the above procedure. This policy cannot be utilized for the purpose of altering grades assigned prior to the receipt of a degree from MSC.
Quality Points
The number of quality points awarded for a course is determined by multiplying the number of credit hours for that course by the quality point value of the grade received. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the total by the number of credit hours attempted.
To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must, in addition to meeting other prescribed requirements, have a minimum number of quality points equal to twice the number of credit hours attempted. The notations NC, Nl, S, and P have no effect on the grade point average.
Transcripts of Records
A transcript is a certified copy of a students permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance. Copies are available at $1 each. Transcripts will be released by the Office of Admissions and Records upon formal written request by the student. Transcripts will also be issued to educational institutions and prospective employers if written authorization is received from the student. Requests should include the student s full name as recorded while attending MSC, student identification number, last term of attendance, number of copies desired, and to whom and where transcripts are to be sent. Transcripts may be withheld because of indebtedness to the College or for other appropriate reasons. Certified true copies of transcripts from other institutions which are on file in the Office of Admissions and Records will be issued upon signed request by the student. A charge of *1 per copy page is assessed for this service. Students from other institutions taking MSC courses under the consortium or inter-institutional registration programs must request transcripts form their home institutions reflecting these courses.
Student Grade Appeal Procedure
If students have reason to question the validity of a grade received in a course, they must make their request for a change before the end of the second week of the semester following the completion of the course the following Autumn Semester in the case of the preceding Spring Semester. The Grade Appeal Guidelines may be obtained from the students respective dean.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned; Freshmen fewer than 30; sophomores 30 or more; but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or more.
Honors and Awards
Metropolitan State College annually recognizes students who show outstanding leadership and service to the College community, excellence in scholastic achievement, and outstanding personal character and integrity.
The Presidents Award is given to one junior or senior who has excelled in both academics and service to the College.
The Vice Presidents Award is given to one student who has exhibited superior scholastic ability, personal integrity, and campus leadership.
Outstanding Student Awards are presented to approximately fifteen students each year on the basis of scholarship ability, personal integrity, and campus leadership.
Junior and senior students receiving the above awards are among those selected for publication in Who's Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges.
In addition to annual awards, students with outstanding academic achievements are recognized by being named on Metropolitan State College Honor Lists. The Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of 3.85 or higher. The Vice Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of between 3.50 and 3.84, inclusive.
Computation will occur initially when the student has completed between 30 and 60 hours at MSC, then again between 60 and 90 hours, and finally after more than 90 hours.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have demonstrated superior academic ability in their baccalaureate degree while attending Metropolitan State College. Honors designations are determined according to the following criteria:
1) Summa Cum Laude Top 5 percent graduates within each school with cumulative MSC GPA of no less than 3.65
Magna Cum Laude Next 10 percent of graduates within each school with cumulative MSC GPA of no less than 3.65.
2) To determine each honors category grade point averages for the previous spring semester graduates are arrayed in rank order. This rank ordering is then used to determine the honors recipients among the following summer, autumn and spring graduates.
3) To qualify for graduation honors recognition, a student must have completed a minimum of 50 semester hours of classroom credit at MSC prior to the term of graduation.
4) Courses completed during the term of graduation and transfer credits are not considered when determining honors.
5) This policy for determining graduation honors applies to all students graduating after Spring Semester, 1979.
Omnibus Courses
The omnibus courses listed below are designed to provide flexible learning opportunities. Experimental topics courses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel subjects and current problems. Independent study allows students to investigate problems of special interest. Supervised field study and internships, conducted cooperatively with business, industry, government and other agencies, provide practical on-the-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses should not duplicate that of regular courses listed in the Bulletin. They may be offered by all departments in the College.
A specific course plan for topic and group workshop courses, which covers content and credit hours, must be submitted by an instructor and approved by the chairperson of the department or discipline, and dean of the school before such a course can be listed in the schedule of classes. These same approvals are required for plans of study which individual students submit for registration in a workshop course (when individualized) or an independent study course.
No more than 30 semester hours earned in all of the omnibus courses will be counted toward meeting degree requirements. One omnibus course numbered either 190 or 390 of up to three
22


Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
(3) hours credit may be used to satisfy General Studies requirements in each of the areas of Humanities, Science and Mathematics, and Social and Behavioral Sciences, if the course has a prefix of one of the Departments within the respective subject matter areas; e.g., HIS 190 may be used in Social and Behavioral Sciences, but not in Science and Mathematics.
The following course numbers are the same for all disciplines and, when listed in class schedules, registration forms and college records, will carry the prefix of the discipline in which the course is offered. In addition to prerequisites listed under a course, and the approvals outlined above, other prerequisites appropriate to the study and departmental objectives may be added.
190 (Credit Variable). Topics
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
An introductory study of selected topics especially appropriate for lower-division students.
299 (Credit Variable). Field Experience/lnternship
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor. A supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
390 (Credit Variable). Advanced Topics
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
An in-depth inquiry into selected problems.
480 (Credit Variable). Workshop Prerequisite: Approval of department.
An advanced program of study, often of concentrated nature, designed primarily for students majoring in a particular department or discipline. Involves independent and/or group appraisal and analysis of major problems within a particular area.
490 (Credit Variable). Seminar.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Presentations, discussions, reports, and critiques of various problems within the discipline in which the seminar is offered.
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed 6 credit hours). Independent Study
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the department chairperson.
Independent investigation of problems within the area of the students majoring in the department/discipline offering the course and must be supervised by a faculty member in that department/discipline.
499 (Credit Variable). Advance Field Experience/
Internship
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
An advanced level supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the student's major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department /discipline in which the student is majoring.
Guidelines on Field Experience/lnternship Courses
1. Students must make application to department and provide information on background, justification and aims.
2. Applications for 299 or 499 credits will be evaluated by the faculty of the department/discipline in which credit is granted or by a committee of at least two members of the department/discipline; in addition, the department chairperson will evaluate the applications. Each application must be approved by both the faculty evaluation group and the department chairperson.
3. The locations, institutions, or businesses to be involved in the Field Experience/lnternship Courses may be proposed by the student, by an instructor, or by a faculty group in an academic department/discipline, or by the department chairperson. The location of the internship and the institutions or businesses co-sponsoring the project will be evaluated and approved by the members of the department/discipline, or by a committee of at least two persons from the department/discipline, and by the department chairperson. Before the course is undertaken, the same
people will establish the credit to be earned. Course credit may vary from one to fifteen hours; credit will be established according to APCUP Guidelines governing internships. As a part of the approval process of the study project, the members of the department/discipline, or the committee, and the department chairperson will officially designate the faculty member supervising the project.
4. The approved application will be sent to the approved location, institution, or business.
5. The location, institution, or business approved for the field experience must agree to accept the student, provide learning opportunities, prepare written statement of assignments, monitor her/his performance, and confer with the supervising faculty member.
6. An average of one hour a week, minimally, will be spent in seminar discussion or in conferences with the adjunct faculty in the field experience location and/or in conferences with the supervising faculty member.
7. The student will make a terminal report evaluating her or his courses; the field supervisor must make an evaluation of the students performance during the course; and the supervising faculty member will write an evaluation of the students performance and assign, according to grading policies stated in this College Bulletin.
8. Regular courses emphasizing field experience are subject to individual department/discipline guidelines.
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
Students are responsible for full knowledge of the information provided in this Bulletin concerning regulations and requirements of the College and their program of study.
The Instructional program has been organized so that students may work toward one or more of the following objectives: (1) following a curriculum In arts, sciences, or applied sciences to meet requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Science Degree; (2) taking programs, which may or may not involve being a degree candidate, to prepare for careers in business and public services; or (3) enrolling for selected courses to improve general education or vocational competency.
Requirements for All Degrees
To earn a degree, students must satisfy the course and other requirements for the curriculum under which they are registered and must complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative average of 2.00 or higher.
For degree requirement evaluation purposes, students may select any Bulletin in effect while they are enrolled at Metropolitan State College providing that the Bulletin contains their complete program of study. A student interrupting continuous enrollment for one calendar year or more may select only those Bulletins in effect after return to the institution. Students must complete the general studies, major, minor, and all other degree requirements as outlined in the Bulletin under which they plan to graduate.
While every effort will be made to provide each student appropriate advice in meeting requirements for graduation and for majors and minors, the final responsibility for meeting these rests with the student. Consequently, students are responsible for full knowledge of the provisions and regulations pertaining to their program and should seek advice when in doubt. The student should never assume approval to deviate from the stated requirements without a properly signed statement to that effect.
Transfer students should become familiar with the requirements of the College, the general studies, and their major and minor areas.
Graduation Agreement
The official academic evaluation process is initiated when the student completes the Graduation Agreement. Once the student has received program approval from the major (or area of em-
23


Requirements for All Bachelor Degrees
phasis) department chairpersons and the minor department chairperson, the student submits the Agreement to the Office of Admissions and Records for final review. After the completion of each subsequent semester of academic work, the student will receive an updated Academic Status Report.
The deadline for submitting the Graduation Agreement coincides with the deadline for submitting early (mail) registration for the semester the student plans to graduate. However, since the student is ultimately responsible for the success or failure of her/his program of study, it is advisable to begin the graduation evaluation process at least one year and preferably two years prior to the semester of graduation. A Graduation Agreement submitted after the deadline will be reviewed for the following graduation date.
After submitting the Graduation Agreement, a student who feels justified in deviating from College academic requirements may appeal to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions to request a variance. Petition forms and advice regarding the petitioning process may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Valid reasons for variances must accompany all petitions and must be signed by the appropriate Dean and department chairperson.
Diplomas are granted after conclusion of each of the three semesters for those students who have met all requirements for graduation. A formal commencement ceremony is held at the conclusion of the Spring Semester. Students who officially graduated during any of the previous three semesters are invited but are not required to participate in the Spring Commencement.
Requirements for All Bachelor Degrees
To earn a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, a student must satisfy the following minimum requirements, plus any others stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
1. Complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher for all Metropolitan State College course work.
2. Complete at least 40 semester hours in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level courses).
3. Complete all general studies requirements listed for the degree and major.
4. Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours. With certain exceptions (see major department), complete a minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. If a student completes two majors, the second major satisfies the minor requirement; however, a second emphasis within the first major does not constitute a second major. Course work used toward meeting requirements for one major or minor may not be used toward meeting requirements for another major or minor.
5. Complete all special requirements of a department and school.
6. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher in all MSC courses which satisfy the requirements for the major and for all MSC courses which satisfy requirements for a minor.
7. Academic Residency (classroom credit)
a. Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metropolitan State College, including the last 10 semester hours applicable to the degree.
b. Complete at least 8 upper-division (300- and 400-level) semester hours of the major and 4 upper-division hours of the minor at Metropolitan State College (classroom credit).
c. Students should check with the Office of Admissions and Records before attempting to apply interinstitu-tional credit to academic residence requirements.
8. Credit Limitations:
a. Not more than 30 semester hours of omnibus-numbered courses may be applied toward graduation requirements.
b. Not more than 4 semester hours in physical education activity courses will be counted toward a Bachelor's Degree for students who are not majoring in Physical Education or Recreation, and only 3 of these maybe applied to the career category of general studies.
c. Not more than 7 semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a Bachelors Degree for students who are not majoring in Music, and only 3 of these may be applied to the humanities category of general studies.
d. Not more than 30 semester hours taken by extension and/or correspondence may be applied toward a Bachelor's Degree.
General Studies for Bachelor Degrees
Candidates for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science deqree are required to meet the general studies distribution requirements listed below. Each of the category requirements may be satisfied by any course within the departments listed including only one omnibus course numbered either 190 or 390 of up to three (3) hours credit in each of the areas of Humanities, Science and Mathematics, and Social and Behavioral Sciences, if the course has a prefix of one of the departments within the respective subject matter areas. No omnibus course may be applied to Freshman Composition or Career category. Not more than 6 semester hours taken in any one department (as indicated by the three-letter course prefix) will apply toward general studies requirements. Each degree candidate must complete English 101 and English 102. The same course may be used toward meeting requirements in the general studies and the major or minor with the approval of the major or minor department chairperson. The credit value of the course may be considered only once, however, in the upper-division and cumulative credit totals. The Career category is an option within the General Studies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of applicable course work may be applied to the Career category to compensate for less than 10 (but at least 8) semester hours in each of the Humanities, Science and Mathematics and Social/Behavioral Science categories. Students should check for specific general studies requirements stipulated by their major. Specific courses are listed in Afro-American Studies and Chicano Studies because the programs are interdisciplinary.
Credits
Freshman Composition (ENG 101 and 102)..................6
Humanities...........................................8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 103, and 108)
Art
Chicano Studies (CHS 200, 201, 202, 340, 341, 351, 352, 420)
English
French
German
Modern Languages
Music
Philosophy
Reading
Spanish
Speech
Science and Mathematics..............................8-10
Astronomy
Biology
Chemistry
Geography
Geology
Mathematics
Physics
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences....................8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 101, 102, 113, 213,
220, 230, 270, 315, 330, 340, 355, 370, 375, 391,
440, 460, 470, 485)
Anthropology
Chicano Studies (CHS 100, 101, 102, 211, 221, 231,
301, 310, 311, 312, 320, 330)
24


Requirementsfor a Second Degree
Economics
History
Political Science Psychology Sociology Urban Studies Womens Studies
Career (Optional).......................................0-6
Accounting
Aerospace
Business Education and Communication Civil Engineering Technology Communications
Community Service Development Computer Management Science Criminal Justice and Criminology Education
Electronics Engineering Technology Finance
Health Care Management Health Services
Hospitality, Meeting, Travel Administration
Human Services
Industrial Communication
Industrial and Technical Studies
Journalism
Management
Marketing
Mechanical Engineering Technology
Meteorology
Military Science
Physical Education and Recreation
Social Work
Surveying
Total Credits...........................................36
Requirements for a Second Degree
For an additional Bachelors Degree, the student will comply with the following:
1. The first Bachelors Degree must be recognized by Metropolitan State College.
2. Complete all requirements for a new major with a minimum of 8 MSC classroom upper-division semester hours in the major department.
3. The completion of a minor, if required by the major department, for the contemplated degree.
4. At least two additional semesters in residence.
5. A minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at MSC, in addition to the credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
6. General studies will be considered complete unless deficiencies exist according to the major department.
7. Credit limitations for a Bachelor's degree will continue to exist for the second degree.
25


Communications Multi-Major
Degrees and Schools Available at Metropolitan State College
Metropolitan State College is organized into seven schools. These are listed below with the majors and minors offered by each.
The (curriculum requirements for each of the programs are described under special sections of this Bulletin prepared by each school.)
Bachelors Degree
Minor Major
School of Business
Accounting X X
Business Communications X
Business Education and
Communications X*
Computer and Management
Science X
Data Processing X
Economics ** X X
Finance X X
Human Resource Management X
Management X X
Marketing X X
Office Administration X
Production Management X
Real Estate X
Systems Management X
*ln addition to the BS degree major a 3-year specialist degree is offered
with options in Administrative Assistant, Administrative Office Man-
agement, and Legal Assistant (paralegal).
"The Department of Economics offers a B.A. degree, rather than a B.S.
School of Community and Human Services
Afro-American Studies X X
Bilingual Chicano
Studies X
Chicano Studies X
Human Services X X
Parenting Education X
Social Work X
Urban Studies X X
Women's Studies X
School of Education Bilingual-Bicultural Education X
Early Childhood Education X X
Elementary Education X
Health and Safety X
Physical Education X X
Reading X
Recreation X X
Special Education X
Teacher Certification:
Early Childhood, Elementary, Thirteen Secondary Fields, and Special Education
School of Engineering Technology
Civil Engineering Technology Drafting Engineering Technology Electronics Engineering Technology Industrial Marketing Mechanical Engineering Technology Meterology Surveying
Technical Management
School of Liberal Arts
Anthropology X X
Art X X
Behavioral Science X
English X X
Bachelors Degree
Minor Major
French x
German x
History x x
Journalism x x
Language and Linguistics x
Modern Languages x
Music x
Music Education x
Music Performance x
Philosophy x x
Political Science x x
Practical Writing x
Psychology x x
Public Administration x
Public Relations x
Sociology x x
Spanish x x
Speech Communications x x
Speech Pathology-Audiology x
School of Professional Studies
Airframe and Power Plant Mechanics x
Aviation Management x x
Criminal Justice
and Criminology x x
Health Care Management
(Upper-Division) x x
Hotel Administration x
Hospitality, Meeting, and Travel Administration x
Industrial
Communications x
Industrial and Technical Studies x x
Meeting Administration x
Nursing (Upper-Division
for R.N.s) x
Professional Pilot x x
Restaurant Administration x
Technical and Industrial Administration x
Travel Administration x
Certificate Nurse Practitioner Program:
Adult, Family, Geriatric
School of Science and Mathematics
Biology x x
Chemistry x x
Criminalistics x x
Geography x
Geology x
Land Use x
Mathematics x x
Physics x x
Communications Multi-Major
The Communications Multi-Major offers nine areas of emphasis for students with varying educational and career needs. Each student's program is planned with an advisor in the selected area of emphasis. Students may obtain information concerning the major from the Department sponsoring the particular area of emphasis in which they are interested.
Area of Emphasis
Communications: Visual Sponsored by Art, p. 69 Communications: Industrial Media Sponsored by Industrial Communications, p. 94
x x
x
x x
x
X X
X X
X X
X
26


Contract Major/Minor Program
Communications: Industrial-Organizational Sponsored by Industrial Communications, p. 94 Communications: Industrial-Specialist Sponsored by Industrial Communications, p. 94
Communications: Broadcasting Sponsored by Speech, p. 81 Communications: Meeting Planning Sponsored by Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration, p. 92 Communications: Theater Administration Sponsored by Speech, p. 82
Communications: Business Sponsored by Business Education and Communications, p. 32 Communications: Sports Sponsored by Physical Education and Recreation, p. 54
All Communications Multi-Major areas of emphases comprise 42 semester hours of study, including 6 hours of required core courses as outlined below, courses in the area of emphasis, and a choice of free electives.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Core Courses for All Areas of Emphases
Communications:
Industrial-
Organizational 6 24 12 42
Communications: Industrial Specialist 6 24 12 42
Communications: Broadcasting 6 18 18 42
Communications: Meeting Planning 6 18 18 42
Communications: Theatre Administration 6 18 18 42
Communications: Business 6 24 12 42
Communications: Sports 6 27 9 42
Contract Major/Minor Program
Semester
Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories........3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion......................3
Option Requirements..................................36
Total...................................................42
Communications Free Electives List
Other courses approved by the advisor in the selected Communications area of emphasis are acceptable as free electives.
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.........3
ANT 233 Language and Culture.........................3
ART 101 Basic Drawing Methods.........................3
ART 102 Basic Design and Crafts Methods...............3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art:
1960-Present Day.............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1..........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II..........................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition......................3
ENG 303 Semantics.....................................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism....................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing.........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading........3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing......3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers........3
PHI 144 Logic.........................................3
PSC 322 Public Policy.................................3
PSC 346 Public Opinion................................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology.............................3
PSY 342 Issues in Community/Social Psychology.........3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking......................3
SPE 322 Movement for the Stage........................2
SPE 328 Stage Directing...............................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking............3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction..................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art................3
SPE 412 Freedom of Speech.............................3
SPE 420 Reader's Theatre..............................3
SPE 426 Theatre Practicum 1...........................3
SPE 427 Theatre Practicum II..........................3
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting............3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life............................3
Communications Multi-Major Summary
Sem. Hrs.
Sem. Hrs. Sem. Hrs. In Total
In Core In Area of Communic. Sem. Hrs.
Areas of Emphasis Courses Emphasis Electives In Major
Communications: Visual 6 27 9 42
Communications: Industrial Media 6 24 12 42
Even with the wide diversity of the majors and minors presently offered at Metropolitan State College, the need arises occasionally for a major that will not fit the existing catalog major or minor and which is individual in nature and meets the specific needs of the students. The Contract Major/Minor is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with a Contract Major/Minor Advising Committee to enable the student to attain a specific individual career objective which cannot be satisfied by any existing catalog major and/or minor programs.
For further information contact the Academic Advising and Resource Center.
Community Service Development Program
The Community Service Development Program at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide academic and applied learning opportunities for people who wish to pursue professional careers in the administration of a wide variety of non-profit organizations. A complete description of the program may be found under Community and Human Services.
College for Living
College for Living is a multi-disciplinary approach to education for developmentally disabled adults. A volunteer teaching staff, comprised of MSC students and community volunteers, instructs students in many areas of daily living skills. Certificates of Completion are provided for the disabled students and college credit can be earned by the volunteer teachers.
Metro's CFL program provided the model for more than thirty such programs in Colorado and throughout the United States. Since its inception in 1974, CFL has grown from sixteen students and five volunteer teachers to over two hundred students and fifty volunteer teachers a year.
Parent Education Resource Center
The Parent Education Resource Center is committed to facilitating parenting education in the community. Its goal is to maximize the availability and quality of parenting education through a variety of programs and activities, each designed to further the cause of preparing people for and assisting them in their role as parents. Among the services offered by the Center are a clearinghouse of parent education programs and resource people, established to put parents in touch with existing programs and to help groups design their own. The Center also offers professional training programs for people already active in the field of parent education, and pre-professional training for those who would like to enter the field. (See Parenting Education Minor listed under the School of Community and Human Services.) In addition, the Center publishes a regular newsletter designed to keep the community of parent educators in touch with each other and with the Centers programs. A number of other projects are designed to meet specific needs within the field of parent education.
27


School of Business
Academic Departments:
Accounting and Financial Administration
Business Education and Communications
Computer and Management Science
Economics
Management
Marketing
28


School of Business
The curricula of this School are designed to provide the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field of business. The School offers two degrees the Three-Year Specialist Degree, and the Bachelor of Science. The Department of Economics offers a Bachelor of Arts degree, rather than a Bachelor of Science.
Three-Year Specialist Degree
The School of Business offers a three-year degree with a choice from three areas of emphasis currently in strong demand. The areas of emphasis take into consideration work experience credit, permit additional specialization and include a field of experience requirement for a partial on-the-job training. The student has the opportunity later to obtain a bachelors degree by completing limited additional requirements for a contract major.
Students seeking a three-year degree in business for any of the areas of emphasis given below must complete the following general studies requirements:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition.........................6
Humanities:
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
Elective.....................................3
Science and Mathematics:
MTH 131 Finite Mathemathics for the Management
and Social Sciences..........................4
Laboratory Science...........................3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences:
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro................3
Elective.....................................3
Career:
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications....3
Total.................................................... 28
In addition, all three-year degree students must complete the following abbreviated business core:
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I.....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II....................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing...........3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics....................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1.................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management...................... 3
Total...................................................... 21
Three-year degree students should choose one of the following areas of emphasis as their major area of interest:
Areas of Emphasis Administrative Assistant
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BEC 102 Intermediate Typewriting.....................3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines............3
BEC 112 Intermediate Shorthand
(Gregg or Speedwriting).....................3
BEC 113 Advanced Shorthand...........................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word Processing.........3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic..........................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis...............3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business...........................3
BEC 499 Field Experience.............................5
MGT 321 Business Law II..............................3
ECO 350 Managerial Economics............................3
Upper-Division Business Electives..............6
Total..................................................... 41
Life Experience credit hours for the successful completion of the Certified Professional Secretaries Examination may be applied to the completion of this option.
Administrative Office Management
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax 1.................................3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines............3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word Processing.........3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic..........................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis...............3
BEC 355 Records Management...........................3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business...........................3
BEC 499 Field Experience.............................5
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design...................................3
or
CMS 331 Business Forecasting Methods.................3
MGT 321 Business Law II..............................3
CMS 353 Personnel Management.........................3
or
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior......................3
Electives....................................6
Total................................................... 41
Paralegal
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax 1.................................3
BEC 232 Legal Method, Research and Writing...........3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic..........................3
BEC 324 Litigation...................................3
BEC 325 Family Law...................................3
BEC 326 Probate Decedents Estates
Wills Trusts...............................3
BEC 327 The Law of Business Organizations............3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business...........................3
BEC 499 Field Experience.............................5
MGT 321 Business Law II..............................3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate....................3
Electives
Choose a minimum of 6 credits from
the following courses.....................................6
CJC 101 Introduction to the
Criminal Justice System......................3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law.....................3
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom
Procedures................................. 3
PSC 300 American State and Local
Government...................................4
MGT 384 Real Estate Law..............................3
Total................................................... 41
"A four-year paralegal program is presently being considered.
29


School of Business
Bachelor of Arts Economics
Economics is a scientific study which deals with the allocation of scarce or limited resources. The study of economics offers an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions. This training is extremely valuable to the student regardless of her or his specific career objective. The Bachelor of Arts program has been designed to provide the student with a fundamental knowledge of domestic as well as foreign economies, and the quantitative tools necessary for independent analytical research and thought. Specialized courses are provided to develop the students ability in the use of the tools of economic theory and analysis. Such training is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positions as professional economists. Employment opportunities in economics are available in national and international business, federal, state, and local government, and in various non-profit organizations.
General Studies
Semester
Hours
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition...........................6
Humanities:.............................................8-10
Science and Mathematics:
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management
and Social Sciences...........................4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and
Social Sciences...............................3
Physical or Biological Science................3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences:
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro...............3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro...............3
Electives.....................................3
Career...................................................0-6
Total.................................................... 36
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics....................4
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomics:^.................3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics...................3
ECO 315 Econometrics..................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought...................3
Total.....................................................16
Approved Electives
Fifteen (15) hours of upper division economics electives selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Economics
15
Total.................................................... 31
Minor
Eighteen (18 hours must be completed to fulfill the minor requirement)
Total.................................................... 18
Free Electives............................................35
Program Total........................................... 120
Business Emphasis in Economics
This emphasis prepares the student for entry into the growing professions of Economics and Business. It provides training that will enable the student to enter the profession and provide assistance to government and business in solving problems and formulating policies.
General Studies (See General Studies Requirements for Bachelor of Bachelor of Science Degree in School of Business)........................................36
Business Core (See Business Core for Bachelor of Science
Degree in School of Business).........................33
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory...........3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory...........3
ECO 315 Econometrics................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought.................3
Total................................................. 12
Approved Electives
Fifteen (15) hours of upper division economics electives selected in consultation with and approved by the
Department of Economics...................................15
Total.................................................... 27
Electives Within the School of Business....................9
Electives Outside the School of Business..................15
Program Total........................................... 120
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Business Education and Communications
Computer and Management Science
Finance
Management
Marketing
The School of Business offers majors in accounting, business education and communications, computer and management science, finance, management, and marketing. The accounting major is designed to prepare students for a career in public, industrial, tax, systems, government, or health care accounting. The business education major prepares students to teach business subjects in public and private junior and senior high schools and community colleges. The computer and management science major is designed to prepare students for a career in the rapidly expanding fields of business, data processing, systems, design, or management science. The finance major is designed to prepare students for a career in corporate financial analysis, insurance, real estate, health care, investments, the extractive industries, or banking. The major in management provides areas of emphasis in insurance, personnel and human resource management, production, real estate, or small business management. The marketing major prepares students for entry positions in the dynamic areas of distribution/retailing, promotion/advertising, sales, marketing research, marketing for non-profit organizations, or marketing management.
In order to be awarded a degree, the student must conform to the Colleges general specifications for the bachelors degree listed under Programs of Study and Degree Requirements. A summary of the course program which she or he must complete within the School of Business is as follows except for the Communications Multi-Major Business Option. (See the "Communications Multi-Major" section under Special Programs
of this Bulletin.)
General Studies...............................................36
Business Core.................................................33
Major in School of Business...................................27
Electives Within the School of Business........................9
Electives Outside the School of Business.....................15
Total...................................................... 120
30


School of Business
General Studies
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in accounting, business education and communications, computer and management science, economics (business emphasis), finance, management or marketing must complete the following general studies requirements:
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition........................6
Humanities:
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication...........3
Electives.....................................5
Science and Mathematics:
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management
and Social Sciences...........................4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and
Social Sciences...............................3
Physical or Biological Science................3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences:
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro.................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro................3
Electives.....................................3
Career:
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications.....3
Total.................................................... 36
Business Core
In addition to the general studies requirement, students majoring in any area of business administration must complete the following business courses:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1.....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II....................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing...........3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics..................3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making.....................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance 1.............................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1.................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.......................3
MGT 495 Business Policies..............................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing........................3
Total...................................................... 33
Accounting
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax 1..................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting...............................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I....................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II....................3
ACC 420 Auditing......................................3
Total.................................................. 15
Students must select 12 hours of accounting electives or one of the following areas of emphasis:
Financial Emphasis (CPA)
ACC 310 Income Tax II.................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting.......................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I.........................3
ACC 452 Advanced Accounting II........................3
Total................................................... 12
Those planning to sit for the CPA examination should elect MGT 321.
Managerial Emphasis (CMA)
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting
Systems......................................3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting.....................3
FIN 300 Financial Markets and Institutions...........3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II........................3
Total................................................... 12
"Those planning to sit for the CPA examination should elect MGT 350, MGT 357, and MGT 453.
Tax Emphasis
ACC 310 Income Tax II...............................3
ACC 409 Tax Procedure and Research..................3
ACC 410 Tax Planning................................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting 1.....................3
Total................................................. 12
Systems Emphasis
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting
Systems....................................3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting....................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design.................................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL..............................3
Total................................................. 12
Governmental Emphasis
ACC 310 Income Tax II..............................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting....................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting 1.....................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II......................3
Total................................................ 12
Oil and Gas Emphasis
FIN 320 Financial Management in the
Extractive Industries......................3
ACC 445 Oil and Gas Accounting....................3
ACC 455 Taxation of Natural Resources.............3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II.....................3
OR
FIN 410 International Financial
Management.................................3
Total................................................ 12
Total hours for Accounting Major..................... 27
Business Education and Communications
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BEC 103 Advanced Typewriting.............................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis...................3
BEC 360 Principles of Business Education.................2
BEC 361 Methods of Teaching Typewriting..................3
Total 11
Students must choose two of the following
teaching specialties'*......................................16
31


School of Business
Bookkeeping and Accounting
ACC 209 Personal Income Taxes.....................3
or
ACC 309 Income Tax 1..............................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting...........................3
or
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting 1.................3
BEC 363 Methods of Teaching........................3
Bookkeeping, Accounting, and
Basic Business Subjects....................3
Consumer Economics and Basic Business
BEC 363 Methods of Teaching Bookkeeping,
Accounting, and Basic Business Subjects....3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business.........................3
FIN 225 Personal Money Management..................3
Required area of emphasis courses
24 hours from the following
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
BEC 200* Business and Interpersonal
Communications..................................3
BEC 301* Business Research and Report Writing...........3
BEC 323* Listening and Logic............................3
BEC 499 Advance Field Experience/lnternship..........arr.
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics.................3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making....................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance 1............................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1..................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.........................3
24
This course is specifically required.
Data Processing
BEC 498 Independent Study Teaching Data
Processing................................2
CMS 211 COBOL.....................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design.................................3
"To teach business courses at the public school level in Colorado, a vocational education credential is required. The three courses needed for vocational certification are available through extension courses offered by Colorado State University or the University of Northern Colorado. The specific courses are: Foundations/Philosophy of Vocational Education; Coordinating Techniques; and Youth Organizations.
Secretarial
BEC 113 Advanced Shorthand.........................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word Processing.......3
BEC 362 Methods of Teaching Stenography............2
Semester
Required Education Courses Hours
EDU 221 Processes of Education in
Urban Secondary Schools.....................3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban
Secondary Schools...........................2
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner.....................3
EDU 321 Secondary School Curriculum
and Classroom Management....................3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring
and Materials Construction..................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom...................................3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education...................3
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary..................................12
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in Content
Areas: Secondary............................3
Total............................................... 34
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Business
Sponsored by the
Department of Business Education and Communications
This communication area of emphasis gives the student an exposure to basic areas of business study and provides the student with the theory and practice most commonly used in contemporary business communication (See a BEC advisor).
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories......3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................3
Total 6
32
Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis
and/or the free electives list (see page 27)...................12
Total.......................................................... 42
Computer apd Management Science
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 210 FORTRAN...............................3
CMS 211 COBOL.................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design.............................3
One of the following areas of emphasis must be chosen for an additional eighteen (18) hours:
Information Systems Emphasis
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base
Management.................................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware
and Software...............................3
CMS 441 Management Information Systems.............3
Approved CMS electives.................................9
18
Management Science Emphasis
CMS 331 Business Forecasting Methods...............3
CMS 431 Management Science Techniques..............3
CMS 439 Case Studies in Management
Science....................................3
CMS 440 Simulation of Management
Processes..................................3
Approved CMS electives.................................6
18
Computer Analyst Emphasis
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler..................................3
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management........3
CMS 309 Job Control Language and
Operating Systems..........................3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language.................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware
and Software...............................3
Approved CMS electives.................................3
18
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen................................................18
Total hours for CMS major............................ 27
NOTE: A maximum of I5 semester hours of programming courses is allowed in the CMS major.


School of Business
Finance
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax 1...................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Acccounting I.....................3
FIN 300 Financial Markets and Institutions.............3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II..........................3
FIN 360 Investments....................................3
FIN 435 Financial Problems and Policy..................3
18
Choose nine (9) additional hours from the following to supplement an area of emphasis:
Insurance
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance......................3
MGT 343 Property and Liability
Insurance.....................................3
MGT 345 Governmental Insurance and
Insured Employee Benefits.....................3
9
Real Estate
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate.......................3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance.............................3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law.................................3
9
Financial Management
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II................3
MGT 321 Business Law li...........................3
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance...................3
9
Investments
ACC 410 Tax Planning.................................3
FIN 460 Securities Analysis..........................3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate....................3
9
Extractive Industries
FIN 320 Financial Management in the
Extractive Industries......................3
ACC 445 Oil and Gas Accounting.........................3
ACC 455 Taxation of Natural Resources..................3
9
'Those selecting Extractive Industries as their area of emphasis must elect Geology to fulfill Science requirement.
Commercial Banking
ECO 465 Advanced Monetary Theory................3
FIN 370 The Management of Commercial
Banks...................................3
FIN 470 Special Topics in Bank
Management..............................3
9
Personal Financial Management
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance.......................3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate.....................3
ACC 410 Tax Planning..................................3
9
International Financial Management
FIN 410 International Financial Management...................3
MKT 371 International Marketing..............................3
Approved Business Elective...................................3
9
Accounting Emphasis
ACC 340 Cost Accounting.............................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II..................3
ACC 310 Income Tax II...............................3
9
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen.................................................9
Total hours for major................................ 27
Management
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ECO 350 Managerial Economics.....................3
Students select one of the following areas of emphasis:
Insurance
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance..................3
MGT 343 Property and Liability Insurance.........3
MGT 344 Life and Health Insurance................3
MGT 345 Governmental Insurance and
Insured Employee Benefits.................3
MGT 346 Risk Management..........................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making...........3
Approved Management electives.........................6
24
Management
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business.............3
MGT 353 Personnel Management......................3
MGT 355 Production Management.....................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making............3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior...................3
MGT 461 Cases in Management.......................3
Approved Management electives.........................6
24
Human Resource Management
MGT 353 Personnel Management......................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations..................3
MGT 375 Performance Appraisal.....................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making............3
MGT 461 Cases in Management.......................3
MGT 462 Compensation Administration...............3
Approved Management electives.........................6
24
Production Management
ACC 340 Cost Accounting.............................3
MGT 355 Production
Management.................................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making..............3
MGT 405 Purchasing and Materials Management.........3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management..................3
MGT 461 Cases in Management.........................3
Approved Management electives..........................6
24
Real Estate
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate...................3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance.........................3
33


School of Business
MGT 384 Real Estate Law................................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.................3
MGT 484 Real Estate Appraisal..........................3
MGT 485 Commercial and Investment
Real Estate................................3
Approved Management electives..........................6
24
Small Business Management
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation........................3
MGT 321 Business Law II................................3
MGT 356 Small Business Management......................3
MGT 400 Organizational Decision Making.................3
MGT 457 Advanced Topics in Small Business..............3
MGT 458 Real Cases in Small Business...................3
Approved Management electives..........................6
24
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen................................................24
Total hours for major................................ 27
Marketing
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MKT 301 Marketing Research.........................3
MKT 311 Advertising................................3
MKT 316 Sales Management...........................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior..........................3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management............3
MKT 456 Advanced Marketing Problems................3
Plus nine (9) hours of Marketing electives.............9
Total hours for major................................ 27
Minors Offered by the School of Business
The minors offered by the School of Business are specifically created for non-business majors. Because prerequisite requirements are involved in each set of courses, any student minoring in any of the areas below should contact an advisor.
Accounting Minor
The Accounting minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of accounting.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1.......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
ACC 309 Income Tax 1.....................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting..................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting 1.......................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II......................3
Accounting Electives............................3
Total..................................................... 21
Business Communications Minor
The Business Communications minor is designed to give nonbusiness students some orientation to the business field, especially in areas that deal heavily with any aspect of communications.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal
Communications...............................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report
Writing......................................3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic..........................3
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories.....................................3
SPE 310 Professional Presentational
Speaking......................................3
15
Choose six (6) hours of electives from the following courses:
BEC 103 Advanced Typewriting.........................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing.................................. 3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis...............3
CMS 201 Principles of Information
Systems.......................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design....................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................3
MKT 311 Advertising...................................3
Semester hours of electives chosen.......................6
Hours for minor.......................................... 21
Data Processing Minor
The Data Processing minor is designed to give non-business students a career skill in computer programming for business.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..........3
CMS 210 FORTRAN....................................3
CMS 211 COBOL......................................3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler.................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design................................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL.............................3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language................3
Total............................................... 21
Economics Minor
The Economics minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with an opportunity to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions, as well as the quantitative tools necessary for analytical research and thought.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro................3
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours of upper-division Economics courses, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Economics.
Finance Minor
The Finance minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of finance.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
ACC 309 Income Tax 1....................................3
FIN 300 Financial Markets and Institutions..............3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance 1............................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II...........................3
FIN 360 Investments.....................................3
Total...................................................... 21
Management Minor
The Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of business and sufficient familiarity with business skills to work in a business environment.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 221 Business Law 1...............................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.....................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management.........................3
34


School of Business
MGT 355 Production Management............................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior..........................3
Approved Management Elective.............................3
18
Human Resource Management Minor
The Human Resource Management minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of industrial relations in business and government.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 300 Principles of Management...................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management.......................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations...................3
MGT 375 Performance Appraisal......................3
MGT 462 Compensation Administration................3
Approved Management Elective............................3
Total............................................... 18
Marketing Minor
The Marketing minor offers the non-business major an overview and understanding of the functional business area of marketing.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.....................3
MKT 311 Advertising.................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior...........................3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management.............3
Plus three (6) hours of Marketing electives..6
Total................................................. 18
Office Administration Minor
The Office Administration minor attempts to develop a moderate degree of skills while emphasizing promotional possibilities to supervisory and beginning office management positions.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BEC 103 Advanced Typewriting..........................3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines.............3
BEC 111 Beginning Shorthand...........................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing....................................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis................3
Elective (Choose one of the following
courses)......................................3
BEC 112 Intermediate Shorthand................. 3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic.................... 3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business..................... 3
Total..................................................... 18
Production Management Minor
The Production Management minor is designed for nonbusiness majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of the production process and managerial functions as they relate to production.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 300 Principles of Management.....................3
MGT 355 Production Management........................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations......................3
MGT 405 Purchasing and Materials Management...........3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management....................3
MGT 461 Cases in Management...........................3
Total................................................. 18
Real Estate Minor
The Real Estate minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with basic course requirements for GRI, prelicensing preparation, and required education hours for re-certification.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate....................3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance..........................3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law..............................3
MGT 484 Real Estate Appraisal........................3
MGT 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate........3
Approved Management Elective..............................3
Total................................................... 18
Systems Management Minor
The Systems Management minor is designed to give nonbusiness students a basic understanding of business data processing with particular emphasis on systems analysis and design.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...........3
CMS 211 COBOL.......................................3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics.............3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design...................................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware and
Software.....................................3
CMS 441 Management Information Systems..............3
CMS 451 Data Processing Management..................3
Total................................................. 21
35


School of Community and Human Services
Academic Departments:
Afro-American Studies Chicano Studies Human Services Social Work Urban Studies Womens Studies
Special Programs:
Community Service Development Parenting Education
36


School of Community and Human Services
Afro-American Studies
The Department of Afro-American Studies offers a range of courses that present the dimension of the Black Experience in this country. These courses encompass and afford a comprehensive understanding of the African heritage and present African links and potential; contributions of Black People in the growth and development of the U.S.; Black culture and lifestyles; the Black Community; political activity and potential; religious development and importance; community service and resource assistance; and prognosis and potential for social change. The courses may be used in the basic studies requirements and as electives for graduation.
Students are urged to consult with the faculty in Afro-American Studies about new courses now being designed as well as special offerings in Field Experience classes AAS 499 and the Current Issues Seminars.
The Major in Afro-American Studies (which leads to a Bachelor of Arts Degree) and the Minor program must be planned in consultation with an Advisor in the AAS Department.
Students desiring Secondary Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Afro-American Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies..........3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle: USA
Philosophy, Action............................3
One African Heritage Course...................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Group
Prejudice.....................................3
AAS 485 Black Survival Strategies....................3
MUS 201 Topics in Ethnic Music: Variable Title
ART 306 African-American Visual Traditions One to be
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature selected...3
AAS 499 Field Experience in the Black Community........3
Total.................................................... 21
Electives
18 hours. (Related courses may be selected, upon consultation with the Advisor, in Chicano Studies and Urban Studies.) Total hours for the Major, 39.
Minor in Afro-American Studies
Required Courses
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies............3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle: USA
Philosophy, Action.........................3
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in Afro-American courses, 3 hours of which must be an African course, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Afro-American Studies Advisor assigned the student. Total hours for the Minor, 21.
Chicano Studies
The Department of Chicano Studies offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in Bilingual Chicano Studies. The Chicano and other Hispanic historical experiences are used as points of departure toward expanding awareness of a multicultural world by facilitating the use of the community and the world as a laboratory and assisting in the preparation of scholars, human science
providers, teachers, technologists and persons needing an international experience. Areas of emphasis within three specialties include focus upon research and theory.
Major for Bachelor of Arts in Bilingual Chicano Studies
This program is organized around three areas of emphasis: Intercultural/lntracultural, Community Service and Bilin-gual/Bicultural Chicano. The requirements include core courses in the major; specific offerings in at least one of the areas of emphasis and a Spanish language proficiency appropriate to the area of emphasis plus selected and approved electives which can be applied to other degrees. Minimum number of hours to complete the major vary with each area of emphasis:
They are:
Intercultural/lntracultural Area of Emphasis. 43 Semester Hours
Community Service............................43 Semester Hours
Bilingual/Bicultural Chicano Studies.........47 Semester Hours
Required Core Courses
CHS CHS 100 101 Introduction to Chicano Studies History of Meso-America: Pre-Colombian and Colonial Periods 3 3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: Mexican and U.S. Periods 3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican and Chicano 3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature 3
Intercultural/lntracultural Area of Emphasis
The area of emphasis will concentrate on the generation of information relative to the conceptual and theoretical foundations which evidence the Chicano perspective. The preparation will address with language, ideology and culture. The specific intent of the discipline is one which can also support other disciplines, prepare a student for advance study at the graduate level or develop a candidate's skills as a specialist with socio-cultural knowledge.
A minimum of six semester hours from among the following
courses are required:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CHS 202 Chicano Poetry and Drama.......................3
CHS 211 The Chicano in Aztlan..........................3
CHS 351 Aztlan Myth and Reality........................3
ANT 233 Language and Culture...........................3
SOC 301 Sociology of Dominant and Minority Relations...3
SOC 415 Sociology of the Urban Poor....................3
Language Proficiency Requirement
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I...........................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II..........................5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and/or SPA 212
Conversation I or II..........................3
OR proficiency equivalent to the above.
Approved Electives
A minimum of nine semester hours of electives, selected in consultation with the department chairperson, are required.
Community Service Area of Emphasis
This area of emphasis will concentrate on professional development for those wishing to serve in community-based projects and agencies which address community needs. Much of the conceptual, theoretical and applied experiences are designed to
37


School of Community and Human Services
better equip the service provider in professional and paraprofes-sional programs in the community.
The following courses are required for individuals who are in-
volved in the community service area of emphasis.
CHS 310 The Chicano Community 1....................4
CHS 311 The Chicano Community II...................4
CHS 312 The Chicano Community III..................4
In addition a minimum of 3 hours to be selected from the follow-
ing:
CHS 221 The Chicano Family.........................3
CHS 320 Chicano and the Law........................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing.......3
BEC 325 Family Law.................................3
ACC 320 Government Accounting......................3
HSW 101 Introduction to Human Services and
Community Resources.........................4
or other courses designed by departments and approved by the chairperson which center on strategies to assist in the preparation toward service in the Chicano community.
Language Proficiency Requirement
Same as that of the Intercultural/lntracultural Concentration.
Bilingual/Bicultural Chicano Area of Emphasis
The area of emphasis concentrates on the preparation of professionals. It is a composite area of emphasis with significant participation of Chicano Studies, the Spanish program and the Bilingual unit in the Center for Education.
The courses listed below are basic requirements for the Bilingual/Bicultural Chicano area of emphasis. In addition a course sequence in Spanish to support this area of emphasis is required. For those wishing teaching certificate information please contact the Bilingual/Bicultural Program Coordinator. Candidates seeking admission for Bilingual/Bilcultural Chicano Area of Emphasis should first take a Spanish language proficiency test which sets minimum requirements as a prerequisite to this program, or secure permission of any Department Chairperson of those departments listed.
Semester
Hours
CHS 341 or Chicano Folklore of the Southwest 3
EDU 351 Perspective in Bilingual/Bicultural Education.... 4
EDU 451
341 Development of Methods and Materials for the Bilingual/Bicultural Classroom 4
Spanish Language Requirement
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I 5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II or their equivalent 5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I or Spanish Reading and Conversation II or Advanced Conversation
SPA 212
SPA 311 3
SPA 231 Spanish Composition I or Spanish Composition II
SPA 232 3
SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual Classroom 2
SPA 352 Contemporary Mexican Literature 3
or other courses designed by the above departments and approved by the chairman as relevant to the intent of the concentration.
No Electives
Minor in Chicano Studies
The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences which are most relevant to occupational and educational goals. Students, in consultation with the Department of Chicano Studies faculty advisor will develop individual minors which reflect the best possible elective curricula, and will insure that a relevant emphasis is maintained. Total hours for the minor, 21.
Required courses 15 Semester Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies...............3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: the Pre-Columbian
and Colonial Periods..........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest:
Mexican and U.S. Periods......................3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican
and Chicano...................................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature..................3
Electives
A minimum of 6 semester hours of electives are required to complete the minor. The courses are to be selected in consultation with a Department of Chicano Studies Faculty Advisor.
Community Service Development Program
The Community Service Development Program at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide academic and applied learning opportunities for people who wish to pursue professional careers in the administration of a wide variety of non-profit organizations.
The program integrates the theory and practice of developing and administering various kinds of non-profit organizations and programs coupled with applied experiences in actual work situations. Students attend classes two nights a week for approximately three hours each night. Students also must work for a minimum of 20 hours per week as an administrative intern in a nonprofit organization. Both a Degree Program and a Certificate Program in the Admininstration of Non-profit Organizations are available.
The CSD program has established an excellent working relationship with a large number of non-profit organizations in the greater Denver area. These organizations and the CSD program work together closely to establish the best possible learning opportunity for the student while meeting the non-profit organization's current needs.
The students may use a paid administrative staff position to meet the applied experience requirement. The students work situation, however, must permit a positive integration of academics with the persons regular paid job requirements.
In order to enter the program, individuals must first attend a special orientation session describing the educational process as well as the non-profit organizations in which they may intern. Times and dates of orientation sessions may be acquired by calling the CSD program office at 629-3267.
Degree Program
All courses taken through the Community Service Department program can be applied toward an undergraduate degree at MSC. The two principal options available are:
Contract Major Students can elect to design their own major, individually titled, by putting together courses equalling a minimum of 40 hours of credit. Students will often develop their Contract Major using all the CSD courses (30 hours) and adding 12 to 16 hours in subject areas which will directly complement their career goals. Students in the program have developed Contract Majors with titles such as: Community Service Administration; Human Services Administration; Administration of Senior Support Services; Administration of Youth Projects; Church Administration, etc.
Urban Studies All courses taken in the CSD program can be applied toward completing the designated major in Urban Studies with emphasis in Community Service Development. In addition to the CSD courses, the student must take 13 specified hours in Urban Studies and 6 hours of approved electives.
Certificate Program
If a student completes 20 hours in the CSD program, a Certificate of Completion in the Administration of Nonprofit Programs can be earned. Note: Students in the Degree Program will also receive the Certificate in the Administration of Nonprofit Programs.
38


School of Community and Human Services
CSD 200
CSD 201
CSD 300
CSD 321
CSD 341
CSD 361
CSD 401
CSD 402
CSD 431
CSD 451
COURSE TITLES Semester
Hours
Introduction to Community Service Development..1
Principles of Community Service Development...4
Applied Development and Seminar 1.............2
Conflict Resolution and Decision Making.......2
Development and Use of Inexpensive Media......3
Financial Accountability of Non-Profit Programs...3 Assessment and Evaluation of Non-Profit
Programs and Projects.......................3
Fundraising and Proposal Writing for
Community Services............................4
Development and Administration of Volunteer
Programs......................................3
Politics of Agency Survival...................3
Institute For The Study of Drugs, Alcohol and Addictive Behaviors
Housed in the Department of Human Services, the Institute for the Study of Drugs, Alcohol and Addictive Behaviors (ISDAAB) offers three programs, each at a different professional level:
1. Certificate program in Drugs, Alcohol and Addictive Behavior Counseling (38 hours of prescribed course work).
2. Bachelor of Science Degree in Human Services with emphasis on Drug, Alcohol, and Addictive Behaviors.
3. Masters of Criminal Justice degree with emphasis on Addictive Processes (offered through the Graduate School of Public Affairs, University of Colorado, at Denver.)
Each student in the Institute has a program individually tailored leading to the college degree and State Certification as a drug/alcohol counselor, as well as a counselor for other Addictive Behaviors such as smoking, gambling, food disorders, etc. In addition to classroom instruction, the Drug, Alcohol and Addictive Behavior Counselor training program utilizes Metro Denver area facilities for experiential training of students. Many course offerings are outreach or community oriented. Graduates attain understandings, skills and attitudes necessary to function as professional addiction counselors. Individuals interested in Institute programs should contact the Institute for further information and application at 629-2511 or 629-2512.
Required coursework for Baccalaureate Program (Denotes 38 hours Certificate courses)
COURSE TITLE
HSW 101
HSW 104* BIO 106* HSW 147
HSW 202* HSW 203*
HSW 204* HSW 248* HSW 249* HSW 341 HSW 343* HSW 344 HSW 347* HSW 432
HSW 436 HSW 449
HSW 465 HSW 479
Introduction to Human Services and
Community Resources...........................4
Behavior Modification.........................4
Pharmacology of Drugs and Alcohol.............3
Addictive Experiences: Drugs, Sex, Rock & Roll...3 (Course for non majors non required for majors)
Small Group Dynamics: Theory and Experience...4
Introduction to Theory and Techniques in
Interviewing and Psychotherapy..................4
Family Functions, Dysfunctions and Therapy......4
Addictions Practicum 1..........................6
Addictions Practicum II.........................6
Alcoholism Family Counseling Advanced Topics ..3
Addictive Behaviors.............................3
Addictions Research Seminar.....................3
Counseling the Substance Abuser.................4
Psychopathology and the Mental Health
Clinician.......................................4
Advanced Intervention Techniques................4
Contemporary Issues in Human Services,
Variable Topics...............................1-4
(May be taken more than once under different titles)
Group Facilitation and Group Psychotherapy......4
Professional Internship........................12
Students interested in the Masters Program should contact the Institute for The Study of Drugs, Alcohol and Addictive Behaviors or the Graduate School of Public Affairs, University of Colorado at Denver, 629-2825.
Human Services
The term, Human Services, has been applied to a family of occupations whose purpose is to help people with special problems. Human Services has become one of the countrys major industries.
The Human Services Worker developed through this curriculum provides a core service in programs of rehabilitation and training which emphasizes client self-help. Such programs conducted by local, state, and federal institutions and private agencies have created expanded opportunities for a variety of interesting new and existing careers. There are rapidly increasing demands for specialized manpower in rehabilitation, corrections, welfare, mental health, mental retardation, employment, drug and alcohol counseling, and other social services. This is a challenging career field which provides the opportunity for personal satisfaction in helping those with mental health problems.
The Human Services Program is accredited for five years by the Council for Standards in Human Service Education.
Human Services Major for Bachelor of Science
The student must meet the Colleges general requirements for a baccalaureate degree, meet the general studies requirements of the College, and complete the program of core courses listed below. Students who major in Human Services are not required to complete a minor.
Samaster
Required Courses Hour*
CORE (Any six hours can be applied to General Studies requirements in the Career Category)
HSW 101 Introduction toHuman Services and
Community Resources...........................4
HSW 104 Behavior Modification.........................4
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experiences..................................4
HSW 203 Introduction to Theory and Techniques in
Interviewing and Psychotherapy................4
HSW 204 Family Functioning, Dysfunction, and
Therapy.......................................4
HSW 205 Human Services Practicum 1....................8
HSW 206 Human Services Practicum II...................8
HSW 432 Psychopathology and the Mental
Health Clinician.............................4
HSW 479 Professional Internship......................12
52
Electives Within Human Services Department (16 hours) (Approval of Advisor Required)
HSW ,111 Introduction to Mental Retardation...........4
HSW 311 Human Services for Handicapped
Persons......................................4
HSW 323 Contemporary Diagnostic and Treatment
Programs in Corrections......................4
HSW 345 Crises Intervention and Legal Issues.........4
HSW 347 Counseling the Substance Abuser..............4
HSW 411 Understanding the World of the
Disabled Adult...............................2
HSW 436 Advanced Intervention Techniques.............4
HSW 449 Contemporary Issues in Human Services........4
HSW 465 Group Facilitation and Group
Psychotherapy................................4
HSW 468 Supervisory Techniques for Health Care.......4
16
Electives Outside of Human Services Department...........22
Minor in Human Services
The contract minor offered by the Department is designed to provide the student with course experiences which are relevant to his/her educational and occupational goals. The student will choose a-minimum of 24 semester hours, 8 of which must be in the Upper Division. The selection of course work will be approved by the Chairperson of the Department.
39


School of Community and Human Services
CASE MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE
The Social Work Department and Human Services Department have developed a joint program in Case Management and Development Disabilities. The program will be in effect in the Fall of 1984. Consult either department for further information.
PSY 493
EDU 469
HSW 479
NUR 485
PAR 499
Seminar in Developmental Psychology or
Post Student Teaching or
Professional Internship or
Nursing Process: Application or
Parent Education Field Placement
Parenting Education
The purpose of the Parenting Education minor is two-fold. First, the program is designed to provide students entering professions where they will deal with children and families the information and skills necessary to conduct parenting education programs. Second, the program addresses a need identified in the community for people with specific preparation for the role of parent educator. Many agencies offer or are interested in offering parent education programs, yet no specific preparation for that role has been available. This minor is designed both to make the field of parent education more credible by providing students with education for that role, and to give students a set of skills that are increasingly in demand, but rarely found.
This minor is seen as particularly appropriate for students entering family- and child-related fields, including (but not limited to): Education, Health Care Management, Human Services, Law Enforcement (especially juvenile justice), Nursing (and Nurse Practitioner programs), Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, Speech, and Women's Studies. People entering these fields might well be in a position to develop and conduct parent education programs; a minor in Parenting Education should serve them well in the employment market. Other fields, also, might provide opportunities to utilize this background; parent education happens in settings ranging from churches to industry, to hospitals, to schools, and is not limited to ecucational settings in the usual sense.
The Parenting Education minor encompasses three areas of preparation. One set of classes is intended to give students basic information necessary to effective parenting (child development, parenting techniques, family management, health care and so on). The second facet of the program gives students the skills necessary for developing and conducting parent education programs (group techniques, program development, counseling techniques, etc.). The third component of the program entails actual field experience working in parent education programs; this experience is incorporated into a number of classes and is the central component of the final course in the minor. A field experience is required in the last semester. Placement opportunities include parent education in hospitals, social service agencies, public and private schools, and business and industry. Students work closely with a PAR advisor to ensure an appropriate field placement.
Minor in Parenting Education
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PAR 107 Introduction to Parentina Education...........3
EDU 231 Child Development.............................3
or
PSY 325 Child Psychology..............................3
PSY 295 Parenting Techniques..........................3
PSY 295 Principles of Counseling......................3
or
HSW 203 Introduction to Theory and Techniques
in Interviewing and Psychotherapy.............4
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and Experience...4 or
EDU 265 Human Relations...............................3
PAR 207 Home and Family Management....................3
HES 307 Parental Health Care Issues...................3
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in the Educational Process...4
Field Placement: A minimum of 3 hours from any of these: (EDU 431 is a prerequisite for any field placement in Parent Education). The program director works closely with students and community agencies in setting up appropriate field placements.
Minimum hours required for the minor are 27-31 (depending on courses selected). If the PAR minor is combined with a major in any of the following departments (EDU, HSW, NUR, PSY), the combined total semester hours for major and minor must be 60 hours. Such a program must include all courses required for the major and those listed here as required for the PAR minor. Approval by both departments will be necessary for such a combined program.
Note: For descriptions of other courses included in the minor, see appropriate department listings: EDU Education; HESHealth Education; HSW Human Services; NUR Nursing; PSY Psychology; SOC Sociology; WMS Women's Studies
Social Work Major for Bachelor of Science
The Social Work Department offers preparation for beginning professional practice in helping services, corrections and social work agencies. Students are also encouraged to pursue graduate degrees such as the M.S.W. and the Ph.D. or D.S.W. The basic objectives of the social work degree program are to enable students to achieve effective active participation in community affairs based upon an understanding of complex social welfare programs; secondly, to facilitate entry into beginning level practice; and to encourage graduate study.
The curriculum reflects these objectives in its required courses which focus upon field experience, methods of helping individuals, families, small groups, organizations, and communities; human growth and development; human diversity; social policy analysis and research. Particular emphasis is placed upon understanding and coping with bureaucratic processes and structures.
The fields of social work include; Child Welfare, Family Social Work, Correctional Services, Social Services (public assistance agencies), Medical and Mental Health, Development Disabilities, Aging, Private Practice, Industrial Social Work, and others.
Semester
General Studies Hours
ENG 101 Freshman Composition............................3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition............................3
Career....................................................0-6
Science/Mathematics......................................8-10
Social/Behavioral Science................................8-10
Humanities...............................................8-10
36-42
Required Courses
SWD 101 Social Work: A Helping Profession...............3
SWD 104 Human Behavior and the Social Environment......4
SWD 105 Family Social Services..........................4
SWD 201 Social Work with Populations at Risk............3
SWD 202 Social Work with Women..........................3
SWD 241 Social Work Practice I: Principles
and Applications...............................4
SWD 378 Policy in Social Welfare: Issues,
Analysis and Planned Change....................3
SWD 379 Research in Social Work.........................3
SWD 401 Social Work Practice II.........................4
SWD 441 Cross-cultural Social Work......................4
SWD 478 Professional Internship I.......................6
SWD 479 Professional Internship II......................6
47
40


School of Community and Human Services
Electives in Social Work...................................10
Credits to be selected from the following:
SWD 301 Social Work Services for Children and
Adolescents...............................4
SWD 302 Case Management in Social Work Practice.......4
SWD 303 Social Services for Adults and Aging..........4
SWD 480 Workshop (Variable Topics)..................2-4
SWD 490 Seminar (variable Topics)...................2-4
SWD 498 Independent Study...........................1-8
57
Case Management Certificate
The Social Work Department and Human Services Department have developed a joint program in Case Management and Developmental Disabilities. The program will be in effect in the Fall of 1984. Consult either department for further information. Call 629-3315.
Urban Studies MSC/UCD
The Urban Studies Department offers course work leading to either a Bachelor of Arts of a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Urban Studies. The Bachelor of Science degree is recommended for those students desiring a stronger background in quantitative aspects of Urban Studies. Course work is jointly offered by MSC and UCD as there is a common major. The major focus of this program is an interdisciplinary approach to learning. To support this approach different areas of emphasis are offered with the major.
1. Local Government Urban Planning
2. Housing Patterns and Alternatives
3. Cultural Lifestyles
4. Transportation and Communication
5. Community Service Development
Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science
The requirements total 46 semester hours and include:
I. 22 hours of Core Courses
II. 12 hours selected from each of four areas and
III. 12 hours in an area of emphasis to be selected by the student.
IV. 6 additional hours for a Bachelor of Science
Core
URS
URS
URS
URS
URS
Semester
Courses Hour*
100 Introduction to Urban Studies..................3
200 Inside Look at Urban Institutions..............3
300 World Patterns of Urbanization.................3
489 Interdisciplinary Seminar......................4
499* Internship in Urban Studies....................3
Advanced Writing Course which may be taken from Community Service Development, English
or Communications...........................*3-4
Statistics which may be taken from Economics, Geography, Mathematics, Psychology or Sociology...............................*3-4
22-24
*CSD students may elect to fulfill these requirements within the CSD area of emphasis.
ONE COURSE IS REQUIRED FROM EACH OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS FOR A TOTAL OF 12 HOURS. CSD STUDENTS WILL TAKE ONE COURSE FROM TWO AREAS FOR A TOTAL OF 7 HOURS.
Urban Political Processes
URS 210 An Analysis of Urban Boundaries................3
URS 350 Emerging Urban Political Systems...............3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game..........................4
PSC 300 American State and Local Government............4
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration..........3
SOC 371 Political Sociology............................3
Urban Economic Processes
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game......................4
ECO 202 Principles of Economics....................3
ECO 335 Urban Economic Analysis....................3
ECO 425 Urban Economics (UCD)......................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning................3
Urban Social Processes
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game.......................4
GEG 132 Geographic Analysis of Current
Social Issues..............................3
GEG 362 Land Use and Population.....................3
GEG 462 Land Use: Residential.......................3
SOC 213 Urban Sociology.............................3
SOC 300 Urban Sociology (UCD).......................3
SOC 321 Social Structures...........................3
Areas of Emphasis
In each of the four following areas of emphasis, the student will select a minimum of 12 hours with a minimum of 6 in Urban Studies. The student may take any combination of interdisciplinary courses related to the area of emphasis to be selected in consultation with an advisor. One of the courses should be a skills course related to the area of emphasis. Courses in Urban Studies may be combined with other courses in Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology either through MSC or UCD.
Local Government Urban Planning
This area of emphasis concentrates on the basic conceptual and theoretical planning processes as they relate to and actually appear in urban government occupations and professions. The area of emphasis is designed for students seeking entry into government occupations or seeking advanced study in Public Administration or Urban Planning beyond the Bachelors Degree. URS 250 URS 389 URS 450
URS 289 URS 400 URS 451
URS 351 URS 410 URS 471
Housing Patterns and Alternatives
This area of emphasis will concentrate on the assembly and development of residential land, the nature of public and private programs to provide housing and the maintenance and rebuilding of neighborhoods. A broad range of topics will include the evolution of public intervention in housing and residential renewal, the conflict between physical and human criteria in housing decisions, and constraints on the public's ability to deal with housing issues. Completion of this area of emphasis provides a foundation for graduate work and/or employment with a wide range of public and private housing agencies.
URS 171 URS 289 URS 400
URS 230 URS 330 URS 450
URS 250 URS 389
Urban Spatial Structuring Processes
URS 310 Internal Structure of the City............3
URS 351 Community Development and Planning.........3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game......................4
GEG 204 Geography of Denver.......................3
GEG 360 Urban Geography...........................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning................3
Cultural Lifestyles
This area of emphasis concentrates on the impacts on the urban landscape of the lifestyles of various cultures be they ethnic, racial, chronological, religious, economic, or gender. The consequences of these impacts are viewed as among the most significant determinants of urban structure, form, function, and
41


School of Community and Human Services
social interaction. The student is provided with specialized training and experience for entry into professions with public or private agencies which deal directly with these groups within a pluralistic urban environment.
URS 250 URS 389 URS410
URS 371 URS 400 URS 471
Transportation and Communication
The Transportation-Communication area of emphasis has three basic academic foci: 1. to aid students in refining their perceptions of the various networks that exist in the urban setting; 2. to provide tools and techniques to analyze these networks; and 3. to increase the students understanding that transportation and communication are interdependent with such factors as land use, politics and demography. Completion of this area of emphasis provides a foundation for a professional career or further graduate training.
URS 228 URS 328 URS 400
URS 289 URS 389 URS 450
Community Service Development
This is the fifth area of emphasis in Urban Studies. It combines classroom theory and practical experience in a comprehensive format. Students formal classroom experiences are supplemented by at least twenty hours per week during two semesters in placement experiences. All field work will be carefully supervised and student progress will be measured against learning objectives cooperatively developed for each course by the student, agency supervisor and the College coordinator or faculty member.
This area of emphasis is designed to provide an educational program for a very specific administrative level small, community-based, non-profit service agencies and organizations. The directors and heads of such agencies require a wide range of administrative skills including development and management of volunteer programs, fund-raising, proposal writing,
program and human resource development.
Course Requirements Include:
I. URS Required Core Courses.........................13
II. Selected Electives.................................7
III. CSD Area of Emphasis CSD 200 Introduction to Community Service
Development..................................1
CSD 201 Principles of Community Service Development ..4
CSD 300 Applied Development and Seminar I.............2
CSD 321 Conflict Resolution and Decision-Making.......2
CSD 341 Development and Use of Inexpensive Media......3
CSD 401 Assessment and Evaluation of Non-Profit
Programs.....................................3
CSD 402 Fundraising and Proposal Writing
for Community Services.......................4
CSD 431 Development and Administration of Volunteer
Programs.....................................3
CSD 451 Politics of Agency Survival...................3
Total.................................................... 44
Studies Department. This major can be developed to meet specific needs and interests of students that cannot be met through the more conventional structure of the Urban Studies major. For example, a person might want to emphasize an educational or an occupational interest within his or her major such as airport planning and management, water resources management or community health behavior. The required core courses as listed for the B.A. Degree will hold for the contract major. The other 24 semester hours needed for this major will be agreed upon by a committee of faculty advsiors from Urban Studies and other affected departments and the student.
Minor in Urban Studies
Minors for both the Bachelor of Science Degree and the Bachelor of Arts Degree are available. The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences which are most relevant to her or his occupational and educational goals. Students, in consultation with the department offering related courses and the students' Urban Studies faculty advisor, will develop individual minors which will reflect the best possible elective curricula, and will insure that an urban emphasis is maintained.
Total for the Minor................... 21 Semester Hours
Required Courses...................... 9 Semester Hours
URS 100 Introduction to Urban Studies.......................3
URS 200 An Inside Look at Urban Institutions................3
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing...................3
Elective Courses........................... 12 Semester Hours
Twelve additional semester hours are required to complete the minor. The elective courses are to be selected in consultation with a URS faculty advisor.
Womens Studies
The Womens Studies Department is organized on an interdisciplinary basis, utilizing the expertise of faculty members from many different departments. The courses offered are prepared especially for the program with the objectives of heightening women's awareness of themselves as human beings, permitting them to study closely the various historical and cultural patterns that have produced the social position in which they now find themselves, presenting to them the historical achievements of women in all fields, and exploring emerging needs and opportunities for women, with emphasis on the methods by which women can achieve success in these areas. These courses are of value to both women and men students and are especially recommended as a minor for students who are preparing for careers in Education, Guidance and Counseling, Law Enforcement, Human Services, Business Management, Advertising, Public Relations and Communications, Behavioral Science, Psychology, and many others. Men are welcome and are encouraged to take Women's Studies classes.
Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Science
The requirements for the major in Urban Studies leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree totals six additional semester hours than the Bachelor of Arts Degree. The six hours must be taken
from the following list of courses.
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..............3
CMS 210 Fortran.......................................3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming...................3
CMS 231 Fundamentals of Business Statistics............3
PSY 311 Introduction to Statistics for the Social
Sciences.....................................3
PSY 312 Inferential Statistics.........................3
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for Management and
Social Sciences..............................4
The Contract Major
A contract major for Urban Studies may be arranged by direct consultation with one of the faculty advisors within the Urban
Minor in Womens Studies
This minor provides a stimulating option for the student who prefers to do this supporting study in an area not narrowly confined to a specific subject" but rather in one which is broader in scope and more meaningful and relevant to the student's personal needs and major degree area.
For the woman student it is an ideal minor because, no matter what her major is, she is and will remain a woman and, as such, will discover a variety of problems in both the social and working worlds. Womens Studies helps in understanding these problems, why they exist, and what can be done to overcome them. In addition, these courses aid in self-development, raising the confidence-level and one's sense of personhood, as well as providing sympathetic supportiveness from other students and understanding counseling from our Women's Studies' faculty. For men students, these courses provide a needed alternative perspective that will enable them to better understand, appreciate, and work with the rapidly emerging new world force of women.
42


Semester
Required Courses Hours
WMS 101 Introduction: Women in Transition...............3
WMS 218 Rational Assertiveness Training.................3
WMS 331 Legal Rights of Women...........................3
WMS 351 Feminist Theories...............................3
WMS 475 New Women in the World-Seminar..................3
In addition to the core courses, nine (9) semester hours of electives acceptable to, or taught through the Department will be required, bringing the total number of semester hours credit for a Womens Studies minor to 24. These courses, some of which are interdisciplinary, will be selected in consultation with members of the Women's Studies staff and approved by the Department.
The Contract Major in Womens Studies
A contract major in Womens Studies may be arranged in consultation with the Chairperson of Womens Studies and formation of a faculty advisory committee in conjunction with The Office of Academic Affairs. The demand for such majors, to meet growing career opportunities in the community (managing Women's Centers and Abused Wife Shelters, community counseling and consulting, developing workshops and special programming for women in industry and government, affirmative action positions, as a secondary teaching area or as an undergraduate degree for students going on to the study of law, medicine, etc.), has led the Womens Studies department to begin developing a standard major which will be included in the department's offerings at a future date. If the B.A. is to be a terminal degree, the department strongly recommends a double major, in most instances, to create a tailor-made degree preparing the student specifically for a chosen career area. Such double majors might very effectively be combined with Management, Psychology, Education, Nursing, Human Services, Health Services, Law Enforcement, Advertising, Public Relations, Marketing, and many other areas, qualifying the student with a preparation uniquely oriented to working in numerous positions relating to women.
Women's Studies courses are supplemented every semester by new offerings from Women's Studies, plus interdisciplinary offerings suitable for our students. Students should check their schedule for these other courses, or speak with the departmental staff.
Interdisciplinary Electives (Offered as omnibus courses with variable credit except as indicated). These are a few of several such courses:
Industrial Communications
Communication Techniques for Women Executives
Psychology
Psychology of Women
Sociology
Sociology of Sex Roles
Human Services
Women and Psychotherapy
Afro-American Studies
The Black Woman The Black Women Writers
Chicano Studies
La Chicana
English
The Eve Image in Literature


i a ir
School of Education
Academic Departments:
Teacher Education
Physical Education, Recreation and Health Reading
44


School of Community and Human Services
The School is composed of the Department of Teacher Education; the Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health; the Department of Reading; the Office of Clinical Experiences; and a Child Development Center. Other units within the School include the Greenlee/Metro Elementary Laboratory School; the Mesa/Metro Teacher Education Program; the Education Resource Center; the Intercollegiate Program; and the Campus Recreation Program.
The Teacher Certification Program at Metropolitan State College is fully accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and the Colorado Department of Education.
The Department of Teacher Education offers majors in Early Childhood and Elementary Education. Minor programs are offered in Early Childhood and Special Education. A minor in Bilingual-Bicultural Education is offered with the cooperation of the Modern Languages and Chicano Studies Departments.
Professional courses leading to certification are offered in the areas of Early Childhood Education, Special Education, Elementary Education and Secondary Education.
The Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health offers a major in Physical Education with two emphasis areas and a major in Recreation with ten emphasis areas along with minors in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health and Safety.
The Department of Reading offers one of the few undergraduate Reading minors in the area with numerous courses in the teaching of developmental and remedial reading. The Department also offers reading improvement courses. The Reading Laboratory offers an opportunity for individualized work in a variety of materials which include development of vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and rate. It is open to all MSC students.
The Office of Clinical Experiences serves to integrate the laboratory experiences in the professional education programs. In addition to the student teaching programs, requests for observations, research projects and studies, and tutoring situations, utilizing off-campus laboratory settings are coordinated through this office.
The Child Development Center is a preschool laboratory which serves as a training facility for students enrolled in early childhood and other educational programs. The Center provides a setting for college students to observe, and participate in an on-going educational program for young children.
The Greenlee/Metro Elementary Laboratory School is a cooperative endeavor of Metropolitan State College and the Denver Public School System. The purposes of the Laboratory School are: 1) to provide more effective education for the Greenlee Elementary School pupils and the School of Education students; 2) to provide professional development and collaborative opportunities for both faculties; and 3) to fully utilize all available resources of the Auraria and Greenlee Campuses and communities.
The Mesa/Metro Teacher Education Certification Program is housed on the Mesa College Campus in Grand Junction, Colorado. This Consortium program provides the opportunity for students on the Western Slope to enroll in and graduate from Metros teacher education program on the Mesa Campus.
The Education Resource Center is a facility designed to provide materials and resources for teacher education students and faculty members for course work, field experiences and laboratories. The Resource Center presents guest lecturers, workshops and seminars. The Intercollegiate Athletic Program provides Metro students the opportunity to compete in both mens and/or women's sports. Varsity sports for men include basketball, soccer, swimming, gymnastics, tennis, baseball, wrestling and track. Women's varsity teams include field hockey, volleyball, basketball, skiing, softball and tennis. Students interested in these intercollegiate teams should register for the specific varsity sport under the PER designation.
The Campus Recreation program provides a comprehensive leisure service to the students, faculties and staffs of the three institutions on the Auraria Campus. Major areas of the program are drop-in, leagues and tournaments, and club sports. The Campus Recreation program is funded through student fees. Programs are designed to meet the needs of commuter college and university students.
Teacher Education Programs
The purpose of the programs in education is to provide systematic and comprehensive preparation for the teaching profession. Students in these programs must meet the general studies min-imums and satisfy all other requirements for a Bachelors Degree stipulated earlier in this Bulletin.
Colorado law affecting teacher certification may be changed in the period during which this bulletin is in effect. Students should contact the Teacher Education Department for modifications.
The Department of Teacher Education accepts no course work older than 7 years as substitutes for required courses in the certification sequence and in certain instances may not accept more recent coursework if there have been significant changes in content in more recent years.
All students enrolled at Metropolitan State College who wish to prepare for teaching careers and be certified by the Colorado Department of Education are required to pass the California
Achievement Test in mathematics, spelling and language usage. A score at or above the 75th percentile must be attained. Students must also pass a public speaking course within a grade of B or better, or satisfactorily complete an oral examination. Students should take speech as a part of their General Studies. These tests are in addition to other requirements for admission to the professional training, as listed in this Bulletin.
No student may be placed in a field experience until she/he has taken the early assessment battery at least once. No student may be certified to teach until all examinations are successfully completed
Students who fail one or more of the examinations will be notified so that appropriate remedial instruction can be recommended to them. They will also be provided with a list of remedial resources for each area in which remediation is needed. Students are expected to take the initiative to seek out these resources and bring their skills in the identified areas up to an acceptable level. Students may take the examination(s) no more than four times within five years.
45


School of Education
In addition, the following requirements must be met for formal admission to the teacher education programs:
1. Before being admitted to any 300-level course in education, certification students must present evidence that they
a. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all college work attempted.
b. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all course work in their major (or teaching) area, and
c. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all in education courses attempted to date (which may only be one introductory course).
Individual exceptions to the above requirements may be made through petition to and action by the respective area committees.
2. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester hours of college work.
3. Completion of a Declaration of Intention form, to be filed in the Teacher Education Department office. Normally, students complete this form while enrolled in their first course in education.
4. For students seeking credit for courses taken at this or at another institution that might be equivalent to the required courses described in this section, completion of a formal evaluation for advanced standing is required in consultation with their advisor, with the results of this evaluation to be filed in the Teacher Education Department office.
5. Completion of 200 clock hours of experience with children or youths by the end of the sophomore year. This service may be with any youth groups, including Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Campfire Girls, Head Start, YMCA, YWCA, church groups, as well as other boys and girls clubs, camps, recreational programs, etc.
The following requirements must be met for admission to Student Teaching:
1. Completion of a minimum of 90 semester hours of college work. Students transferring from other institutions, where more than 70 semester hours are being transferred into Metropolitan State College, or those who already hold degrees must complete a minimum of 20 semester hours and two semesters before they can be admitted to student teaching.
2. Students must present evidence that they
a. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all college work attempted.
b. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all course work in their major (or teaching) area, and
c. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 in all education courses attempted to date.
(Individual exceptions to the above requirements may be made through petition to and action by the respective area committees. Under-graduate and post-graduate transfer students should check with their Teacher Education Department advisor concerning special GPA requirements.)
3. Completion of all professional courses required for certification.
4. Completion of all subject area courses in the students teaching area(s) required by North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
5. Completion of all items in the personal student teaching folder, to be obtained in the Department of Teacher Education.
6. Recommendations from two Metropolitan State College faculty members and/or evaluations from pre-student teaching field experiences.
7. A physical examination report including tuberculosis clearance, on file with the Student Health Services.
8. Approval by the appropriate screening committee when applicable.
9. Completion of formal application for student teaching, to be submitted to the Department of Teacher Education not later than the following dates:
For Fall Semester
student teaching....................February 28
For Spring Semester
student teaching..................September 30
Students who have completed student teaching requirements at another institution may request to take student teaching for six semester hours.
Early Childhood Education
The Department of Teacher Education offers the following programs in Early Childhood Education:
1. A major leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
2. A teacher certification program meeting requirements for certification to teach early childhood in the public schools of Colorado (preschool through the second grade).
3. A minor in Early Childhood Education.
4. All the necessary courses to meet the education requirements set by the State Department of Social Services for the licensing of day care directors and group leaders.
5. In-home child care and education.
Early Childhood Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
EDU 100 Entry Level Assessment and Placement..........1
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education.....................3
EDU 132 Lab in Early Childhood Education..............2
EDU 231 Child Development.............................3
EDU 232 Lab in Child Development......................3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity....................3
EDU 265 Human Relations...............................3
EDU 335 Assessment and Measurement in the
Early Childhood Classroom.....................4
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive Development............4
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in the Educational
Process.......................................4
EDU 436 Cultural Influences on the Socialization
of Children...................................4
EDU 437 History and Theory of Early
Childhood Education...........................2
Choose one from the following:
PER 258 Movement Education............................3
EDU 415 Art Instructional Methods for Elementary
School........................................3
MUS 432 Music Methods for Early Childhood.............2
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Math and Science in
the Elementary School.........................2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math
and Science in Elementary School..............2
38-40
A student majoring in Early Childhood Education must complete the requirements for a minor or an approved area of emphasis which is the equivalent of a minor. Recommended minors include Reading, Bilingual-Bicultural, Parent Education, Special Education, Psychology, and Sociology; other minors must be approved by the Department. The areas of emphasis which are as equivalents of a minor are Language Arts, Science and Math, Urban Studies Education, Music and Movement, and Human and Community Resources.
Requirements for Public School Teacher Certification
In addition to completing a major in Early Childhood Education, students wishing certification must satisfy the following requirements:
Semester
Required in Education Hours
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education..........................2
EDU 315 Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education Lab......................2
46


School of Education
EDU 316 Curriculum Development for
the Elementary School........................3
EDU 317 Curriculum Development for
The Elementary School Lab....................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Regular
Classroom....................................3
EDU 435 Planning and Organizing the Early
Childhood Classroom..........................4
EDU 439 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Early Childhood.............................12
Required in Reading
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary......................................3
A list of courses recommended for the completion of basic studies requirements is available from the Department.
Areas of Emphasis Early Childhood Education
Language Arts Area of Emphasis
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary.....................................3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate................................3
Eng 346 Children's Literature.......................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools.............3
Electives...................................6
18
Electives
Six hours to be selected from the following list or in consultation
with faculty in ECE.
EDU 410 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and
Social Studies in the Elementary School........3
EDU 411 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching
Language Arts and Social Studies
in the Elementary School......................2
RDG 360 Practicum in Reading.........................3
RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials.............2
ENG 202 English Grammar..............................3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.........3
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation..............2
Semester
Human Community Resources Area of Emphasis Hours
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography..............3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology........................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology....................3
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban
Multicultural Education.......................2
EDU 315 Laboratory in Foundations of Urban
and Multicultural Education...................2
Electives.....................................5
Science and Mathematics Area of Emphasis MTH 100 Survey of Mathematics 3
MTH 261 Mathematics for the Elementary School Teacher 4
EDU 412 Mathematics and Science in the Early Childhood Curriculum 2
BIO 100 Human Biology for Non Majors Electives 3 6 18
Electives
Six hours (with at least one course in physical science) from the following list or in consultation with the faculty in ECE.
GEL 101 General Geology................................4
GEG 123 Weather and Climate............................3
GEG 124 Landforms......................................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy......................3
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Mathematics and
Science in the Elementary School..............2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math
and Science in the Elementary School..........2
Urban Studies Area of Emphasis
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies..........3
AAS 315 Education of the Black Child...................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest:
Mexico and U.S. Periods.......................3
CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children..................3
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural
Education.....................................4
Electives.....................................3
19
Electives
Three hours chosen from the following list or in consultation with
Early Childhood faculty.
AAS 330 The Black Community..........................3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the
Mexican and Chicano.........................2
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature..................3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials
for the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom......4
PER 465 Recreation Programs and Management
Problems in Urban Ghetto....................4
SOC 201 Social Problems...............................3
Music and Movement Education Specialty
MUS 101 Fundamentals of Music Theory..................3
MUS 432 Music Methods for Early Childhood............2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation..............2
PER 258 Movement Education...........................3
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning....................3
Electives...................................5
18
Electives
Five hours to be selected from the following list or in consultation with the student's faculty advisor in Early Childhood Education:
EDU 410 Language Arts & Social Studies...............3
EDU 411 Language Arts & Social Studies Lab...........2
GEG 360 Urban Geography..............................3
HIS 111 Colorado History.............................3
HIS 301 History of Denver............................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest......3
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies........3
HSW 101** Introduction to Human Services &
Community Resources.........................4
PSY 241* Social Psychology...........................3
HSW 202** Small Group Dynamics.......................4
*SWD Social Work, School of Community and Human Services
* HSW Human Services and Welfare, School of Community and Human
Services
18
Electives
Five hours chosen from the following list or in consultation with
Early Childhood faculty.
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity...................3
MUS 161 Folk Guitar 1................................1
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement.....................1
PER 150 Modern Dance 1...............................1
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child...............3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child..................2
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical Education
for Children.................................3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education..................3
Minor in Early Childhood Education
Required Courses
EDU 100 Entry Level Assessment and Placement.........1
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education....................3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education......2
47


School of Education
EDU 231 Child Development...................................3
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development.....................3
Choose two additional hours in Early Childhood curriculum courses in consultation with and
approved by an advisor in Early Childhood Education ........2
HES 204 Nutrition.......................................3
HES 220 Administration in Care-Providing
Organizations.................................4
Choose three or four hours from each or the following groups of courses (A & B) for a minimum of six hours:
A. Psychological Foundations:
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development.................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology..........................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology................................3
B. Sociological Foundations
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on the Socialization
of Children...................................4
SOC 315 Socialization of the Child......................3
26
Requirements for State Licensing of Child Care Directors
The education requirement for the State license is a minimum of 24 hours of college credit. A detailed list of the specific requirements may be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. Majors in Early Childhood Education will fulfill these requirements by including among their electives:
HES 204 Nutrition.........................................3
HES 220 Administration in Care-Providing
Organizations.....................................4
Elementary Level
Certification and/or a Bachelor of Arts Degree at the elementary level requires completion of the following professional course program. Students must complete a minor or minor equivalent as approved by the Elementary Education Area Committee. Substitutions for any of these requirements must be approved by the chairman of the Department of Teacher Education.
Special certification in Physical Education is available.
All candidates for the certificate to teach in the elementary schools will declare their intentions at the earliest possible date.
They will make arrangements in EDU 110, Elementary Education in the United States, to satisfy the following requirements:
1. Two hundred clock hours of volunteer service by the end of the sophomore year. This service may be with any youth group, including Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church group, etc.
2. Evidence of proficiency in reading, handwriting, spelling, and new math concepts.
Elementary Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses (in recommended sequence)
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the United States..3
EDU 231 Child Development..........................3
EDU 210 The Elementary School......................1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary School............2
EDU 265 Human Relations............................3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education..............3
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Education......................................2
EDU 315 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Education Laboratory...........................2
EDU 316 Curriculum Development for the
Elementary School..........................3
EDU 317 Curriculum Development for the
Elementary School Laboratory...............2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom.....3
EDU 410 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and
Social Studies in the Elementary School....3
EDU 411 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School 2
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Math and Science In the Elementary School 2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School 2
EDU 415 Art Instructional Methods for Elementary Schools 3
EDU 419 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary (K-6) 6, 8,10 or 12
EDU 469 Professional Practicum 51 6 -57
(Students lacking proficiency in any area may be required to take additional course work to remedy the lack of proficiency.)
When planning to teach in grades K-3, the following courses are
strongly recommended:
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education.................3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education...2
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development...........3
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive Development........4
EDU 435 Planning and Organizing the Early
Childhood Classroom........................4
Courses Required or Strongly Recommended in the Academic Areas":
Humanities
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communications........3
ENG 346 Children's Literature.........................3
MUS 431" Music Methods for Elementary School
Classroom Teachers...........................2
RDG 312" Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary......................................3
RDG 313" Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate.................................3
Career
ITS 381 Industrial Arts for the Elementary School......2
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts....................2
PER 250** Activities for the Young Child...............3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child...................2
PER 258 Movement Education............................3
PER 300" School Health Programs.......................3
PER 441 Environmental Education........................2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning.....................3
Social Science/Behavioral Science
HIS 121 American History to 1865.......................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865...................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology........................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology.........................3
Mathematics/Science
MTH 261" Mathematics for the Elementary School
Teacher......................................4
A minimum of one course from each of the following sciences is highly recommended:
Earth or Biological Science
BIO 100 Human Biology for Non Majors...................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy......................3
GEG 100 World Regional Geography.......................5
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography................3
GEL 101 General Geology................................4
Physical Science
PHY 108 Physical Science for Teachers..................3
Courses may count toward basic studies, but not more than six semester hours in any one department will qualify to meet those requirements. This course required.
48


School of Education
Elementary Educational Services and Resources Major
This is an alternative major for those students who decide they do not wish to major in and be certified to teach in elementary education. This major affords the student the study and the experience in professional fields which are supplementary to Elementary Education; for example, exceptional education, parent education and educational resources.
The student's major in this new field of study is to be designed through consultation with a faculty advisor in Elementary Education.
Secondary Level
Students may be certified at the secondary level, being endorsed to teach in the following areas: Art, Business Education and Communication, English, Industrial Education, Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, Physical Education, Sciences, Social Studies", Spanish and Speech.
Students should ask for advisors in the Department of Teacher Education as well as in the departments of their major and minor fields of study.
The student is cautioned to check with his advisor for changes mandated by new Colorado Law.
In addition to a major in the above areas, students must complete the following professional course program:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Social and Cultural Bases of Secondary Schools
A block of two courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary
Schools......................................3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban Secondary
Schools......................................2
Psychological and Physiological Bases of Secondary Education
A block of three courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner....................3
RDG 328 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas,
Secondary.....................................3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom.........3
(In lieu of EDU 360, Physical Education Majors take:)
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education....................3
Processes of Teaching in the Secondary Schools
A block of three courses to be taken concurrently and not earlier than two semesters before student teaching.
EDU 321 Secondary School Curriculum and Classroom
Management..................................3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials
Construction................................2
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education...............3
Teaching Practice
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary........................6, 8, 10 or 12
In addition to the field experiences included in the required courses, students must present evidence of having completed at least 200 hours of volunteer work with adolescents in the age bracket that they intend to teach. This may be accomplished through work with Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church groups, volunteer tutor programs, or similar activities.
Students should plan their volunteer work in consultation with their advisor, who will need to sign a form indicating his or her approval.
Students who seek Secondary Certification must pass a Public Speaking course with a grade of B or better, or obtain a waiver. Students must also achieve satisfactory scores on the basic skills tests in mathematics, spelling and language usage, as described earlier.
Before enrolling for student teaching, students are directed to take a course in methods of teaching their major and minor field of study offered in the respective departments.
Student teaching normally is for twelve semester hours and involves ten weeks of full-time work. The remaining five-week block may be planned individually for each student through consultation with his advisor and may include an additional six semester-hour block of student teaching in a different school setting, or for additional certification purposes.
See Science Certification Program requirements listed below.
"See Social Studies Certification Program requirements listed below.
Science Certification Program
The program includes a major in one area of science, an area of emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from additional areas of science and mathematics. The program satisfies both major and minor requirements, so no further minor is required.
Major
Students must complete an academic major at Metropolitan State College in one of the following areas:
Biology
Chemistry
Earth-Space Science Physics
Please consult with the department involved or with the Teacher Education Department for a list of approved and/or required courses.
Science Support Area
Students must complete one of the following teaching areas of emphasis other than that of the major.
Biology
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology...............4
BIO 210 General Botany................................5
BIO 220 General Zoology...............................5
BIO 355 Urban Ecology.................................4
or
BIO 360 General Genetics..............................3
Chemistry
CHE 120 General Chemistry 1...........................5
CHE 121 General Chemistry II..........................5
CHE 300 Quantitative Analysis.........................3
CHE 301 Quantitative Analysis Lab.....................2
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry 1...........................4
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry Lab.........................2
Earth Science
GEL 101 General Geology...............................4
GEL 103 Historical Geology............................4
GEG 100 World Regional Geography......................5
GEG 123 Weather and Climate...........................3
GEG 124 Landforms.....................................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy.....................3
Mathematics
MTH 141 Calculus 1.....................................4
MTH 310 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs............3
MTH 361 Methods of Teaching Mathematics................3
10 additional hours to be selected from:
MTH 241 Calculus II....................................4
MTH 151 Computing I....................................4
MTH 311 Abstract Algebra 1.............................3
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics.....................4
MTH 360 History of Mathematics.........................3
MTH 365 Foundations of Geometry........................3
Physics
PHY 231 General Physics 1..............................4
PHY 233 General Physics II.............................4
PHY 232 General Physics Lab 1..........................1
PHY 234 General Physics Lab II.........................1
Plus 8 additional hours in Physics
49


School of Education
General Requirements
These may be fulfilled in the academic major or teaching area of emphasis.
Choose at least one course from each of the following areas:
Biology
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology................4
Chemistry
CHE 110 Introduction to Chemistry......................5
or
CHE 120 General Chemistry 1............................5
Earth Science
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy......................3
or
GEG 100 World Regional Geography.......................5
or
GEL 101 General Geology................................4
Physics
PHY 201 College Physics................................5
or
PHY 231 General Physics 1..............................4
Mathematics
MTH 111 College Algebra................................4
or
MTH 112 College Trigonometry...........................3
or
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics.....................4
or
MTH 140 Pre-calculus Mathematics.......................4
or
MTH 141 Calculus 1.....................................4
or
MTH 151 Computing I....................................4
or
MTH 320 Biostatistics..................................3
or
MTH 360 History of Mathematics.........................3
Science
(This course is required)
SCI 395 Methods of Teaching Science....................3
Notes
Physics majors should choose AST 104 and MTH 151 to meet certification requirements.
Students who elect the Earth Science or Physics teaching areas of emphasis must choose at least one upper-division course in addition to SCI 395.
Permission is being sought for mathematics to be included as an area of emphasis. Check with the Teacher Education Department.
Social Studies Certification Program
The program includes a major in one area of Social Science, an area of emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from every social/behavioral science.
The program meets both major and minor requirements; so an additional minor is not required.
Major
Students must complete an academic major at Metropolitan State College in one of the following areas:
Afro-American Studies Anthropology
Behavioral Science Bilingual Chicano Studies Economics History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
Please consult with the department involved or with the Teacher Education Department for list of approved and/or required courses.
Social Studies Area of Emphasis
Students must complete one of the following teaching areas of emphasis. History must be selected unless the academic major is History.
History (18 semester hours)
HIS 101 Western Civilization 1...........................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization II..........................3
HIS 121 American History 1...............................3
HIS 122 American History II..............................3
Six (6) additional upper-division History hours selected in consultation with the department. Reading courses will not apply.
Afro-American Studies (12 semester hours)
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies.........3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle.....................3
Six (6) additional in Afro-American Studies; three (3) must be upper-division. Afro-American History suggested. Students are reminded to take Afro-American Studies and Chicano Studies courses as listed under general requirements.
Anthropology (12 semester hours)
ANT 101 Introduction to Physical Anthropology............3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology............3
Six (6) additional upper-division hours in Anthropology
Chicano Studies (12 semester hours)
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies..................3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America..........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest..........3
Three (3) additional upper-division hours in Chicano Studies. Economics (18 semester hours)
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro..................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro..................3
Twelve (12) additional upper-division hours in Economics. Geography (12 semester hours)
GEG 123 Weather and Climate..............................3
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography..................3
GEG 140 World Resources..................................3
GEG 422 Climate and Land Use.............................3
Political Science (12 semester hours)
PSC 101 American National Government.....................4
PSC 102 Introduction to Politics.........................4
PSC 300 American State and Local Government..............4
PSC 305 Political Theory.................................3
Psychology (12 semester hours)
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology..........................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology...........................3
Six (6) additional hours of electives. Suggested: PSY 216, 221, 241, 295.
Sociology (12 semester hours)
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology........................3
SOC 307 Sociological Research Methods.......................3 ,
Six (6) additional hours of electives, three (3) of which must be upper-division.
50


School of Education
General Requirements.
(Some may be satisfied in academic major or support area.) HIS 401 Methods of Teaching Social Science Select one course from each of the following areas:
Afro-American Studies*
Anthropology Chicano Studies Economics Geography**
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
'Afro-American History or other course dealing with Afro-American experience in the United States.
"GEG 100-5 World Regional or GEG 140-3 World Resources suggested. To be taken as part of General Studies.
Special Education Minor
i Bilingual-Bicultural Education Minor
The School of Education offers a minor in Bilingual-Bicultural Education. The minor is an interdisciplinary program sponsored by the Chicano Studies Department, the Education Department, the Department of Modern Languages, and the Reading Department. The principal objective of the Bilingual-Bicultural minor is to prepare future teachers who will be able to conduct all phases of classroom instruction in a bilingual and bicultural setting. In the developmental sequence, the minor will provide the potential teacher with a background of the Mexican heritage and with an understanding of present day Hispano/Chicano culture. Proficiency in the Spanish language is required of all students before they complete the minor. This proficiency will prepare the teacher to understand and further develop the native tongue of bilingual-bicultural children, while offering a second language to many other children. In addition, the minor will provide the teacher with sufficient field and academic experiences and resources in order to develop, implement, and evaluate curricular methods, techniques, and materials in the bilingual-bicultural classroom. For students who do not student teach in a bilingual-bicultural program, the Practicum in Bilingual-Bicultural Education will be required.
The minor in Special Education is designed to prepare teachers, physical educators, recreation therapists, counselors, and professionals in human services to work effectively with exceptional children in any educational setting. The courses listed below provide classes totaling nineteen (19) semester hours for completion of the minor. Students who wish to gain endorsement for teaching the educable mentally hadicapped (EMH) child must complete the minor and student teaching. The courses listed below are requirements for certification for students in the areas of Early Childhood, Elementary, or Secondary Education:
Core Courses:
EDU 340 Education and Training of the Mentally
Retarded Child................................4
EDU 343 Field Testing Remedial Techniques in
Special Education............................3
EDU 344 Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children...3
EDU 349 Education of the Learning Disabled Child.....3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom.......3
EDU 462 Adaptive Physical Education..................3
19
Additional requirements for Early Childhood and Elementary Education Majors:
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional
Children.......................................3
EDU 342 Curriculum Methods and Methods for
Teaching the Mentally Retarded K-12............3
6
EDU 449 Seminar and Student Teaching:
Special Education: Elementary (EMH)......8 or 10
14 or 16
Additional Requirements for Secondary Education Majors:
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of
Exceptional Children.........................3
EDU 342 Curriculum Methods and Methods for
Teaching the Mentally Retarded K-12..........3
6
EDU 479 Seminar and Student Teaching:
Special Education: Secondary(EMH).......8 or 10
14 or 16
Total hours required for Special Education
Minor............................................33 or 35
*HSW 104 Behavior Modification is highly recommended,but is not a
required course for either a minor or certification.
Bilinguai-Bicultural Education Minor
Required Courses and Recommended Sequence:
Semester
Hours
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the American
Southwest: Mexican and U.S. Periods..............3
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilinguai-Bicultural
Education........................................4
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers.........2
SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual
Classroom........................................2
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilinguai-Bicultural Classroom....3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials
for the Bilinguai-Bicultural Classroom...........4
*CHS Electives.........................................3
*SPA Electives.........................................3
Total........................................................ 24
'Must be advanced courses and taken with the approval of the bilingual advisor.
Courses Strongly Recommended in Chicano Studies and Spanish
CHS 310 Chicano Community Organization..................2
CHS 330 Education of the Chicano Child..................3
CHS 410 Seminar: Mexican and Chicano Art................3
SPA 322 Culture and Folklore of the Mexican
Southwest.....................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation...........................3
SPA 312 Spanish Phonetics and Diction...................3
Required when student teaching in a bilingual-bicultural program is not completed:
EDU 452 Practicum in Bilinguai-Bicultural Education.....3
Preparation Requirements:
Language Proficiency: Proficiency in oral and written Spanish will be determined by a committee composed of Spanishspeaking members of the Modern Language Department, Chicano Studies Department, and the Center for Education. Students who fail to achieve a satisfactory score on the proficiency examination will be required to take sufficient Spanish classes to enable them to pass the proficiency examination. The following courses are designed to help students meet the proficiency requirements before the completion of the Bilinguai-Bicultural minor:
51


School of Education
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I.........................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II........................5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation 1..........3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II.........3
Physical Education
The major in Physical Education is designed to provide certification in elementary, secondary or K-12 levels. For the student who does not seek teacher certification or who wishes to complete a major or minor in a more specialized area, a non-teaching major or minor in Physical Education or a contract major or minor is suggested. There also is a major in Physical Education with an emphasis in Athletic Training, and for students majoring in Physical Education, there is an Athletic Training Emphasis in the Physical Education minor. Details concerning contract programs may be obtained from the Academic Advising and Resource Center.
Possible areas in which a contract major or minor might be developed could include the following: Sports area of emphasis, adaptive physical education, athletic administration, research in exercise and movement, sports journalism, sports facility and equipment maintenance, media and public relations in sports, or any other related and approved areas. Majors in Physical Education may utilize the option of completing a minor in a contract area of emphasis or selecting a minor from another discipline.
Students seeking teaching credentials in Physical Education must satisfy the Teacher Education Program at MSC in addition to all of the requirements of the Department of Physical Education. Requirements for formal admission to the education programs as listed under the Teacher Education Programs section of this Bulletin must also be met. Colorado law affecting teacher certification may be changed in the period during which this Bulletin is in effect. Students should contact the Teacher Education Department for modifications.
Physical Education Major for Bachelor of Arts.
A. Elementary Area of Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (PER 150)
(Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
a. Basic Skills (All of the following)
Fundamentals of Movement..........................1
Physical Fitness..................................2
Tumbling..........................................1
b. Team Sports (4 of the following)
Volleyball........................................2
Basketball........................................2
Soccer............................................2
Football..........................................2
Softball..........................................2
Field Hockey......................................2
c. Miscellaneous (2 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance.............................2
Track and Field...................................2
Wrestling.........................................2
Lifesaving....................................... 1
Racquetball and Handball..........................1
Total Credits................................... 15
2. Additional Elementary Activity Courses
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child........3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child...........2
PER 258 Movement Education....................3
Total Credits.................................... 8
3. Theory Classes (must take all of the following)
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education....1
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise..............3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical
Education for Children..............3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement in
Physical Education..................2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning...........3
PER 460 Oraanization, Administration and
Curriculum Development in Physical..3
Education Approved electives........3
Total Credits................................. 20
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Cards from the American Red Cross.
Total minimum hours for major.................. 43
To obtain certification by the State of Colorado, all Elementary Physical Education teachers must also complete the following courses:
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the..........3
United States
EDU 210 The Elementary School................1
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education..............2
EDU 315 Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education Laboratory...2
EDU 361 Use of Media in Education............3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education..........3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading
Intermediate.........................3
Total Credits.................................. 17
Highly recommended, but not required:
EDU 231 Child Development....................3
EDU 265 Human Relations......................3
B. Secondary Area of Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (PER 150)
(Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
Secondary Physical Education majors must present proof of proficiency in fifteen different activities. A total of 23 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by: 1) receiving a passing grade in the course; or 2) obtaining the approval of the PER Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the PER office.
Semester
Hours
a. Basic Skills (All of the following)
Swimming.........................................1
Fundamentals of Movement.........................1
Physical Fitness.................................2
Tumbling.........................................1
b. Team Sports (3 of the following)
Volleyball.......................................2
Flag Football....................................2
Field Hockey.....................................2
Soccer......................................... 2
Softball.........................................2
Basketball.......................................2
c. Individual Sports (5 of the following)
Lifesaving.......................................1
Gymnastics.......................................2
Track and Field..................................2
Tennis...........................................2
Badminton and Archery............................2
Golf.............................................2
Racquetball and Handball.........................1
Personal Defense.................................2
52


School of Education
d. Miscellaneous (3 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance..............................2
Ballroom Dance.....................................2
Wrestling..........................................2
Modern Dance (creative movement)...................2
Weight Training....................................2
Total Credits........................................ 23
d. Miscellaneous (must take 3 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance..............................2
Ballroom Dance.....................................2
Wrestling..........................................2
Modern Dance (creative movement)...................2
Modern Dance (improvisation, technique,
composition).......................................2
Weight Training....................................2
2. Theory Courses (Must take all of the following):
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education..1
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology...............2
PER 332 Biomechanics.........................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise...............3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary
Physical Education...................3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement in
Physical Education...................2
PER 460 Organization, Administration and
Curriculum Development in Physical...3
Education Approved electives.........3
Total Credits................................ 20
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Cards from the American Red Cross.
Total Minimum Hours for Major.................. 43
To obtain a certificate from the State of Colorado, all Secondary Physical Education Majors must also complete the courses required by the Department of Teacher Education for Secondary level certification as listed under Secondary Level in the Education section of the catalog. The only exception to that listing is that Secondary Physical Education Majors must substitute PER 462, Adaptive Physical Education, for EDU 360.
C. K-12 Area of Emphasis in Physical Education Major
1. Professional Activities (PER 150)
(Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
Students desiring K-12 Certification must be proficient in 16 different activities, selected from the categories below. A maximum of 25 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by: 1) receiving a passing grade in the course; or 2) obtaining the approval of the PER Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at
the PER office.
a. Basic Skills (must take all of the following)
Swimming...........................................1
Fundamentals of Movement...........................1
Physical Fitness...................................2
Tumbling...........................................1
b. Team Sports (must take 4 of the following)
Volleyball.........................................2
Flag Football......................................2
Field Hockey.......................................2
Soccer.............................................2
Softball...........................................2
Basketball.........................................2
c. Individual Sports (must take 5 of the following)
Lifesaving.........................................1
Gymnastics.........................................2
Track and Field....................................2
Tennis.............................................2
Badminton and Archery..............................2
Golf...............................................2
Racquetball and Handball..........................1
Personal Defense...................................2
2. Theory Classes
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education.1
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child.....3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child........2
PER 258 Movement Education.................3
PER 306 Care and Prevention of Sports Injuries..2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.............2
PER 332 Biomechanics.......................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.............3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary
Physical Education...................3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical
Education for Children...............3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement in
Physical Education...................2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning...........3
PER 460 Organization and Curriculum
Development in Physical Education....3
*PER 399 Field Experience (K-12)........... 2
35
Total Required for K-12.....................60
This course must be taken during senior year in a secondary school at the level in which the student does not do student teaching.
Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Cards from the American Red Cross.
3. The following Teacher Education Classes are
required for Certification
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the
United States 3
EDU 210 The Elementary School..............1
EDU 221 Processes of Education in
Urban Secondary Schools..............3
EDU 222 Field Experience in 2
Urban Secondary Schools
EDU 231 Child Development,.................3
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner........3
PER 462 Adaptive P.E. (In lieu of EDU 360).3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading
Intermediate.........................3
or
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading Content Areas:
Secondary............................3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of
Speech Communication.................3
23-26
Student teaching must be taken for 18 credits in a combination of elementary and secondary. In that this program enables a person to gain certification to teach physical education in both Secondary and Elementary School Programs, the monor requirements are considered fulfilled.
D. Non-Teaching Area of Emphasis
Professional Activities (Skills and/or
Methods of Teaching) (Select any 12).12
Introduction to Physical Education....1
Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (or valid American Red
Cross Cards)..........................2
Anatomical Kinesiology................2
Biomechanics..........................3
Physiology of Exercise................3
History of Physical Education.........2
Sociology of Athletics in American Society.2
PER 150
PER 160
PER 206
PER 330
PER 332
PER 334
PER 362
PER 473
53


School of Education
Approved electives:
Selected in accordance with student's intended career objectives. Must be pre-planned with an advisor in PER
Department.........................................13
Total Minimum Hours for Major..................... 40
E. Athletic Training Area of Emphasis
The major emphasis area is designed for those primarily interested in athletic training at the college or professional level and
is complimentary to allied fields, e.g., Biology.
PER 150 Physical Fitness.......................2
or
PER 150 Weight Training........................2
PER 206 First Aid and CPR......................2
PER 300 School Health Programs.................3
PER 306 Care and Prevention of
Athletic Injuries.....................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.................2
PER 332 Biomechanics...........................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.................3
PER 370 Psychology of Coaching.................2
PER 462 Adaptive P.E...........................3
PER 489 Athletic Training
Internship...........................10
HES 204 Nutrition.........,........................3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment.............3
BIO 231 Human Anatomy..........................4
BIO 232 Human Physiology.......................4
Total Hours..................................... 46
Requirements to enter and complete program:
1. Application to be made between completion of 60 and 90 Semester Hours (20 Semester Hours minimum at MSC).
2. 2.75 cumulative GPA minimum requirement upon acceptance and to be maintained through graduation. Junior standing.
3. 1800 additional volunteer hours of work with a certified athletic trainer. (Required to obtain N.A.T.A. Certification and is not necessary for graduation)
4. Pass successfully the N.A.T.A. Certification exam and all other requirements of N.A.T.A. (Not necessary for graduation)
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Sports
Sponsored by the Department of Physical Education and Recreation
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communication. It is imperative that an area of emphasis advisor (Physical Education Department Advisor) be consulted. Sports Communication Multi-Majors are expected to engage in practical experiential situations in either Sports Broadcasting or Sport Journalism. At least one three-semester-hour internship in these areas is considered the minimum. (It is recommended that at least 50 percent of all major course work be completed prior to the internships in Journalism.)
Required Core ..........................................6
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories....................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communcation/or...............3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion..................3
Total.................................................. 6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and TV
Broadcasting...................................3
SPE 345 Radio and TV Production
(Prerequisite SPE 240)........................3
SPE 348 Workshop in Radio and TV Production
(prerequisite SPE 345)........................3
COM 378 Communication and the Law....................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism...................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and
News Writing..................................3
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement.....................1
PER 150 (Select one two-hour PER 150 Course).........2
PER 370 Psychology of Coaching.......................2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American
Society.......................................2
PER 498 Independent Study Sports Commmunication ...2 Must develop and research sports topics related to specific minor sports, (for two one-hour courses, e.g.,
Skiing, Hang Gliding, Fencing, Tae Kwon Do, Racquetball, Snowmobiling, Ice Skating, etc.)
Total Hours
27
Recommended Electives
(Student must take electives in 3 different areas; a minimum of 2
hours must be taken in PER.)
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft...................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction...................................3
SPE 347 Evolution and Cinematics and Art.............3
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting...........3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio and TV on Contemporary
Life......................................... 3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and
Copyreading...................................3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing......3
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing.......................3
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines........3
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion....3
PER 210 Officiating..................................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.......................2
PER 332 Biomechanics.................................3
PER 334 Exercise Physiology..........................3
PER 362 History of Physical Education................2
PER 372 Art and Science of Coaching and
Administration................................2
COM 274 Continuity for Radio.........................3
COM 374 Script Writing (Film/TV).....................3
JRN 499 Omnibus Courses (Related to Sports
Communication, i.e., Sports Writing, Photojournalism) Select Three.................3
Category Total....................................... 9
Total for Major..................................... 42
Physical Education Minor A. Elementary Area of Emphasis
PER PER 150 206 Professional Activities Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (or valid American Red Cross Cards) 4 2
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child 3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child 2
PER 258 Movement Education 3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical Education for Children
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum Development in Physical Education
Total Credits........................................... 20
B. Secondary Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement..........................1
PER 150 Professional Activities (Skills and/or Methods
for Teaching)................................8
PER 206 First Aid and C.P.R. (or valid American Red
Cross cards).................................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise............................3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary P.E.................3
Approved electives (150 or above)............3
Total Credits........................................... 20
54


School of Education
C. Non-Teaching Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities............................6
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education.................1
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (or valid American Red
Cross Cards)..................................2
PER 362 History of Physical Education......................2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society.........2
Approved electives: Selected in accordance with students intended career objectives. Must be pre-planned with an advisor in PER Department.............................................7
Total Credits............................................ 20
D. Coaching Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement........................1
PER 150 Weight Training.................................2
PER 150 Physical Fitness................................2
PER 150 Select from: Volleyball, Soccer, Basketball,
Softball.......................................2
PER 150 Select from: Gymnastics, Track & Field, Tennis,
Golf, and Aquatics.............................2
PER 306 Care and Prevention of Sports Injuries
(Prerequisite PER 206-2).......................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kineseiology
(Prerequisite BIO 231).........................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise
(Prerequisite BIO 232).........................3
PER 370* Psychology of Coaching.........................2
PER 372* Science and Art of Coaching and Athletic
Administration.................................2
PER 473* Sociology of Athletics in American Society.....2
Total Credits............................................. 20
Majors in Physical Education must take all 3 courses: majors outside of Physical Education must take a minimum of 2 out of 3.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT:
3 semesters of involvement in athletic participation or involvement; little league through college.
PER 332-3 is suggested as an additional course for coaching preparation.
Substitutions for Coaching Area of Emphasis if Majoring in Physical Education
Coaching minor courses that duplicate the physical education major are to have substitutions made. The following courses
would serve as substitutes:
PER 210 Officiating...................................2-4
PER 316 Water Safety Instruction........................3
PER 371 Administration of Intramural Sports
and Student Recreation.........................2
EDU 265 Human Relations.................................3
EDU 320 Adolescent as a Learner (Elementary
Physical Education Majors only)................3
AAS 270 Philosophy of Black Consciousness...............3
AAS 315 Education of the Black Child....................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Prejudice..............3
CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children...................3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing & Strategies...........3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking........................3
All substitutions are subject to approval of minor advisor.
E. Dance Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Ballet......................................1
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement....................1
PER 150 Modern Dance (Technique, Improvisation,
Composition).................................2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child or
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft.................2-3
SPE 322 Movement for Stage...........................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology(Prereq.: BIO 231).....2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning....................3
Select 2 of the following courses:
PER 150 Modern Dance (Creative Movement).............2
PER 150 Square and Folk Dance........................2
PER 150 Ballroom Dance...............................2
PER 150 Beginning Jazz...............................1
Select 1 -4 hours of electives as listed below:**
PER 150 Teaching Dance for Special Population........2
PER 150 Afro/Afro-American Ethnic Dance..............1
PER 150 Mexican/Mexican-American Ethnic Dance........1
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation..............2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child or
PER 306 Care and Prevention of Sports Injuries.......2
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft.................2-3
SPE 325 Introduction to Scenic Design
and Theatre Lighting...........................3
MUS 101 Fundamentals of Music Theory.................3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity...................3
Total Credits............................................20-22
Those with teaching interest select PER 252; those with performing interest select SPE 224.
"These courses also serve as substitutes for PE majors who have course duplication between the major and minor.
F. Athletic Training Area of Emphasis designed for P.E. Majors.
The minor emphasis area is designed for the elementary, secondary, and K-12 Physical Education emphasis major. The minor is basically an extension of the major emphasis designed to provide certification in athletic training and pair with certification
in teacher education.
HES 204 Nutrition.......................................3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment......................3
PER 300 School Health Programs..........................3
PER 306 Care and Prevention of
Athletic Injuries...............................2
PER 370 Psychology of Coaching..........................2
PER 462 Adaptive P.E....................................3
PER 489 Athletic Training
Internship.................................... 10
Total Credits.............................................. 26
Requirements to enter and complete program:
1. Completion of major in Physical Education Teacher Education Certification Program. (Elementary emphasis Physical Education majors must take PER 332 Biomechanics.)
2. Application to be made between completion of 60 and 90 Semester Hours (20 Semester Hours minimum at MSC).
3. 2.75 cumulative GPA minimum requirement upon acceptance and to be maintained through graduation.
4. 1800 additional volunteer hours work with a certified athletic trainer. (Required to obtain N.A.T.A. Certification and is not necessary for graudation)
5. Pass successfully the N.A.T.A. Certification exam and all other requirements of N.A.T.A. (Not necessary for graduation)
Recreation
The major in Recreation is intended to prepare students to enter recreation-related jobs that are available at both local and national levels. The major consists of a common core of courses deemed essential for all recreation personnel and emphasizes field work with various types of recreation, parks, conservation, and other social service agencies.
55


School of Education
In conjunction with the core course selections, the student will select one or more areas of emphasis. The areas of emphasis provide the student with specialized knowledge and skills related to particular job functions provided by the various recreation-related service agencies. The areas of emphasis from which the student may select one or more are:
1. Therapeutic Recreation Services
2. Aquatic and Waterfront Activities
3. Inner-City Program Specialist
4. Sports and Athletics
5. Performing and Cultural Arts Specialist (Dance)
6. Recreation and Park Administration
7. Camping
8. Outdoor Recreation
9. Gerontology (Activity Specialist)
In summary, Recreation majors have the following degree requir-
ements or options:
Core Courses......................................13 hours
Emphasis Area.....................................27 hours
40 hours
Recreation Internship (Required for
State Registration)...................................12 hours
Each Recreation major will have the option to complete an existing catalog minor or to select a second area of emphasis from the list above for equivalent minor (24 hours minimum).
The selection of course work will be approved by the Chairman of the Department or her or his designee(s).
NOTE: Demonstrated proficiencies or credit by exam for course content are acceptable in meeting requirements in the Recreation or minor. Contact theDirector of Professional Preparation in Recreation for details.
For students seeking a baccalaureate degree in Recreation, the following courses are highly recommended for basic studies:
MTH 100 Survey of Mathematics...........................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.......................3
PSV 101 Introduction to Psychology......................3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I......................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...............3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication............3
Sciences (Human-Animal-Plant-Earth)
obtain advisor approval......................6-8
Recreation Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses for All Students A. Core Courses (13 hours)
PER 211 Recreation Leadership and Leisure Service Systems 4
PER 215 Recreation Facility and Equipment Maintenance 2
PER 235 Recreation for Special Populations 2
PER 411 Recreation Program Construction and Control Processes 3
PER 413 Administration and Organization of Recreation 2
Total Credits 13
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation cards from the American Red Cross.
B. Emphasis Area (27 hours)
Students will be required to select one of nine areas of special emphasis courses designed to provide the student with high degree of specialization in a chosen area of interest. These emphasis areas consist of 27 hours of course work offered by the Department and other disciplines within the College.
C. Internship
PER 489 Recreation Internship........................12 hours
This practical learning experience is designed primarily to help students make the transition from the classroom to the practical situation. Opportunity is provided for students to assume normal responsibilities involved in the delivery of services commensurate with their degree emphasis(es). This experience is also required for State registration.
Areas of Emphasis
A. Therapeutic Recreation Services (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Skills and/or Methods of Teaching
Professional Activity Courses...................6
Select six hours from the skills and/or methods classes listed below. Students may also substitute PER 480 Omnibus (activity
related) courses as approved by advisor.
PER 150 S/M/T Activities for Physically and
Mentally Handicapped...........................2
PER 150 S/M/T Activity and Fitness Programs for
Elderly........................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Dance for Special Populations...........2
PER 150 S/M/T Wheel Chair Activities..................2
PER 150 S/M/T Sports Programs for Special
Populations....................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Fundamentals of Movement................1
PER 150 S/M/T Camping and Outing Programs
for Elderly....................................2
PER 150 Camping for Handicapped.......................2
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment....................3
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology (Required).............2
PER 333 Introduction to Therapeutic
Recreation Services (Required).................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise (Required).............3
PER 437 Techniques in Therapeutic
Recreation (Required)..........................3
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning.....................3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education...................3
PER 463 Recreation Programs for Aged..................2
NOTE: Areas of study recommended for minor or its equivalency for students with a Therapeutic emphasis of study include: Physical Disabilities, Psychiatric Disorders, Corrections, Drug and Alcohol, Special Education, Early Childhood Development, and Gerontology. Consult with an advisor in Recreation.
B. Aquatic and Waterfront Activities (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses Skills and/or
Methods of Teaching..................(11 hours)
Gymnastics...................................2
Swimming.....................................1
Diving.......................................1
Advanced Lifesaving..........................1
Canoeing......................(Select
Sailing.......................2 out..........2
Power Boating.................of 3)
Water Polo....................
Synchronized (Select
Swimming....................3 out..........3
Competitive of 4)
Swimming....................
Scuba Diving..................
PER 210 Techniques of Officiating Aquatic Activities.2
PER 316 Water Safety Instructor Certification........3
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology (Required)...........2
PER 332 Biomechanics
or
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.......................3
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating Operations...2
PER 359 Teaching the Handicapped to Swim.............2
PER 455 Swimming Pool Operation and
Management...................................4
C. Inner City Program Specialist (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activities Skills
and/or Methods of Teaching....................4
SOC 213 Urban Sociology..............................3
56


School of Education
PSC 300 American State and Local Government 4
HSW 345 Crisis Intervention and Legal Issues 4
GEG 360 Urban Geography 3
SOC 415 Sociology of Urban Poor 3
PER 463 Recreation Program for Aged 2
PER 465 Recreation Programs and Management Problems in Inner City 4
D. Sports and Athletics (Select 27 hours)
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement (Required).............1
PER 150 Physical Fitness (Required).....................2
Additional (13) hours of PER 150 courses.
Student to select any thirteen (13) hours:
PER 210 Officiating.....................................2
PER 250 Activities for Young Child......................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.....................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology (Required)...............2
PER 332 Biomechanics....................................3
or
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise..........................3
PER 371 Administration of Intramural Sports and
Student Recreation..............................2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society......2
E. Performing and Cultural Arts Dance (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity: Skills and/or
Methods of Teaching
Square & Folk Dance...........................2
Ballroom Dance................................2
Modern Dance (Technique,
Improvisation, composition)...................2
Modern Dance (Creative movement)..............2
Tap Dance.....................................1
Ballet........................................1
Afro/Afro-American Ethnic Dance...............1
Mexican/Mexican-American Ethnic Dance.........1
Dance for Special Populations.................2
Beginning Jazz................................1
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation................2
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity.....................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child....................2
SPE 322 Movement for Stage.............................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology (Required)..............2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise (Required)..............3
NOTE: Students with an interest in the Performing and Cultural Arts may wish to select a catalog minor or a contract program from the disciplines df: Arts and Crafts (Art or Industrial Technical Studies Departments), Music, or Drama (Speech Department).
F. Recreation and Park Administration (select 27 hours)
GEG 360 Urban Geography...............................3
GEG 464 Land Use Recreation.........................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 330 Marketing for Non-Profit
Organizations...............................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management..........................3
MGT 461 Employee Training and
Supervision.................................3
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and
Boating Operations..........................2
PER 383 Urban Park and Recreation
Planning....................................3
PER 455 Swimming Pool Operation
and Management..............................4
PER 465 Recreation Programs and
Management Problems in
Urban Ghetto................................4
PER 481 Federal Grant and Aid
Programs....................................2
PER 483 Park and Recreation
Management..................................3
G. Camping (Select 27 hours)
PER 150 Skills and/or Methods of Teaching Professional
Activity Courses: Select twelve (12) credit hours
from
the classes listed below:
PER 150 S/M/T Swimming.............................1
PER 150 S/M/T Advanced Lifesaving..................1
PER 150 S/M/T Canoeing.............(Select
PER 150 S/M/T Sailing..............2 of............2
PER 150 S/M/T Power Boating........3)
PER 150 S/M/T Basic and Advanced Camp
Craft Skills................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Outdoor Safety and
Survival Techniques.........................2
PER 150 S/M/T Vehicular Travel Activities..........1
PER 150 S/M/T Fishing and Waterfowl
Management..................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Hunter Education and Game
Management..................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Camping for the Handicapped..........2
PER 150 S/M/T English Style Horsemanship...........1
PER 150 S/M/T Western Horsemanship.................1
PER 150 S/M/T White Water Boating..................1
PER 150 S/M/T Camping and Outing Programs
for the Elderly.............................2
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts.................2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation............2
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child.............3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child................2
PER 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation.............2
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating
Operations..................................2
PER 441 Environmental Education....................2
PER 445 Camp Management and Counseling.............4
H. Outdoor Recreation (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Skills and/or Methods of Teaching
Professional Activity Courses. Select (14) credits from the classes listed below:
PER 150 S/M/T Swimming..............................1
PER 150 S/M/T Basic and Advanced Camp Craft
Skills.......................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Outdoor Safety and Survival
Techniques...................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Fishing and Waterfowl
Management...................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Western Horsemanship..................1
PER 150 S/M/T White Water Boating...................1
PER 150 S/M/T Camping and Outing Programs
for the Elderly..............................2
PER 150 S/M/T Hunter Education and Game
Management...................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Vehicular Travel Activities...........1
PER 150 S/M/T Mountaineering (Rock Climbing)........1
PER 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation..............2
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating Operations...2
PER 441 Environmental Education.....................2
PER 445 Camp Management and Counseling..............4
NOTE: Students pursuring employment in State, Regional, or National Park or Conservation services should consider Law Enforcement, Earth Sciences and Industrial Skills (wood, welding and mechanical crafts) for a minor, elective credits, or general studies.
I. Gerontology Activity Specialist. (Select 27 hours)
PER 150
PER 150
PER 150
PER 150
Skills and/or Methods of Teaching Professional Activity Courses. Select six (6) credits from the classes listed below:
S/M/T Activity and Fitness Programs
for Elderly.................................
S/M/T Physical Fitness (Required)...........
S/M/T Camping and Outing Programs for Elderly.................................
.2
.2
.2
57


School of Education
PER 150 S/M/T Wheelchair Activities....................2
PER 150 S/M/T Sports Programs for Special
Populations..................................2
PER 150 S/M/T Dance for Special Populations............2
Required courses:
PER 233 Advocacy and Social Action Programs for
the Aged.....................................3
PER 307 Health Problems in Aging.......................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.........................2
PER 333 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation
Services.....................................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.........................3
PER 436 Movement Problems in Gerontology...............2
PER 463 Recreation Programs for Aged...................2
Select a minimum of five (5) hours from the classes listed below:
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts.....................2
PER 219 Music, Drama, Dance in Recreation..............2
PER 437 Techniques in Therapeutic
Recreation...................................3
SPECIFIED ELECTIVES: (Basic Studies or General Electives) Students with emphasis in Gerontology must select six (6) credit hours (approved by Advisor) from the following Courses:
SOC 105 Introduction to Gerontology...................3
SOC 205 Sociology of Aging............................3
HES 204 Nutrition......................................3
PSV 327 Adulthood and Senescence.......................3
NOTE: Areas of gerontological study recommended for a minor, equivalency of a minor, or contract program include: Therapeutic Recreation, Health Care Management, Psychology and Sociology Departments.
Recreation Minor
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses......................5
Elect any five (5) hours from the PER 150 listings of Professional Activity Courses.
Contact PER Department for complete listing of course selections available.
PER 211 Recreation Leadership and Leisure Service
Systems.......................................4
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts.....................2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation................2
PER 235 Recreation for Special Populations.............2
PER 341 Camp and Outdoor Recreation....................2
PER 411 Recreation Program Construction and
Control Processes.............................3
PER 413 Administration and Organization of
Recreation....................................2
Total Credits........................................... 22
Health and Safety Education
Minor in Health and Safety
The emphasis in Health Education is intended to prepare students to teach Health Education at either the secondary, elementary, or both levels. This is an excellent area of emphasis for the student who is obtaining a teaching major in another area or for those nurses who are interested in the area of School Health Nurse.
Selection of the emphasis in Driver's Education & Safety will enable the student who obtains Teacher Education Certification to teach at the secondary level in Driver's and/or Motorcycle Education.
PER 391 Safety Education..............................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology or
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence.....................3
Total Credits........................................... 20
B. Driver and Traffic Safety Education Area of Emphasis
CJC 351 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues
and Treatment.................................3
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation.................................2
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education.................3
PER 391 Safety Education..............................3
PER 392 Driver Education (Basic and Advanced).........4
PER 394 Simulators, Ranges and Behind-the-Wheel
Techniques....................................3
PER 396 Motorcycle Safety Education...................2
Total Credits.......................................... 19
Reading
The Reading Department offers reading improvement courses for all students and a reading minor for early childhood, elementary and secondary education majors.
The reading improvement courses emphasize development of vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and rate. A well-equipped Reading Laboratory is used to reinforce classroom instruction. The Reading Laboratory contains materials for use in improving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills as well as machines for improving reading speed. Any student may use the Laboratory. Students enrolled in the reading improvement courses work on areas identified by a diagnostic reading test administered in each class at the beginning of the semester. Many colleges and universities have used the MSC Laboratory as a model in establishing their reading programs.
The reading minor is designed to produce well-trained classroom teachers. In the sophomore and junior years, students take course work in methods and techniques of teaching reading and receive supervised experience teaching groups of children in a school classroom setting.
In the senior year, students learn to administer a complete reading diagnosis, write a comprehensive case report based on the study of current remedial theory, develop materials for students with reading difficulties, and work on a one-to-one basis with children who have severe reading problems in our reading clinic.
Reading Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Primary.......3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Intermediate..3
RDG 360 Practicum in Teaching Reading.................3
RDG 425 Remedial Reading Theories and Diagnosis.......4
RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials..............2
RDG 460 Practicum in Teaching Remedial Reading........3
Total................................................. 18
Highly Recommended
RDG 328 Reading in the Content Areas..................3
RDG 339 Reading Laboratory Experience.................2
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers......2
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom.3
(competency in Spanish required)
A. Health Education Area of Emphasis
CJC 351 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues
and Treatment................................3
PER 202 Community Health............................3
HES 204 Nutrition...................................3
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation................................2
PER 300 School Health Programs......................3
58


59


Academic Departments:
Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology Electronics Engineering Technology Mechanical Engineering Technology
Special Programs:
Meteorology
Surveying
School of Engineering Technology
60


School of Engineering Technology
The School of Engineering Technology provides technical education to prepare graduates for employment in a wide variety of technological fields. Engineering Technology is that part of the Engineering field which requires the application of scientific knowledge and engineering methods, combined with the necessary technical skills to carry out and support engineering activities. The program includes courses in Humanities and Social Sciences to broaden the students general education. The various fields of Engineering Technology offer great opportunities for women, due to their demonstrated ability in technical areas and the demands on the part of industry for women with technological skills.
The School of Engineering Technology offers programs in civil, electronic, and mechanical engineering technology with a number of areas of specialization which allow the student to concentrate in certain interest areas. In addition to the Engineering Technology programs, degrees are granted in Meteorology, Surveying, Technical Management and Industrial Marketing.
The Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology
The Engineering Technology program provides the student with the opportunity to receive a Bachelor of Science degree in a designated program area. In these programs, students are required to take courses in Science, Mathematics, and the application of Engineering principles that prepare them to become strong members of technological teams required by industry and government. A student may combine business with technology and receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Technical Management or Industrial Marketing. The four-year trained Engineering Technologist fills the gap created by increased emphasis on the development of scientifically oriented engineers, and more efficient utilization of engineering manpower has created a large demand for the technologist. The four-year baccalaureate programs are designed to prepare students for greater technical and managerial responsibilities.
The Civil Engineering Technology, Electronics Engineering Technology, and the Mechanical Engineering Technology Programs are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology.
Civil Engineering Technology
The specialized fields within the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology include programs in Civil Engineering Technology, Drafting, Meteorology, and Surveying. The Meteorology program and the Surveying program are separate, specialized four-year programs. Their individual curriculum requirements are listed separately.
Civil Engineering Technology graduates apply engineering principles in performing many of the tasks necessary for the planning and construction of highways, buildings, railroads, bridges, reservoirs, dams, irrigation works, water systems, airports, and other structures. In planning for a construction project, they may participate in estimating costs, preparing specifications for materials, and participate in surveying, drafting, and design work. During the construction phase, they work closely with the contractor and the superintendent in scheduling field layout, construction activities and the inspection of the work for conformity to specifications. In recent years, a major work area in Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology relates specifically to environmental problems. This includes design and construction of water supply facilities, design of waste-water collection and treatment facilities, design of air pollution control facilities, and design of solid and toxic waste disposal facilities. The development of environmental impact studies and environmental impact reports are also included in this area.
Following are the curriculum requirements for the various degrees, minors, and areas of emphasis.
Civil Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
The 4-year Bachelor of Science is awarded upon the completion of the required courses and either a structures or environmental area of emphasis or approved catalogue college minor.
Semester
Required Technical Studies Hours
CEN 110 Civil Technology.............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1..........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II.........................3
CEN 210 Structural Drawing...........................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics........................3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry.........................2
SUR 251 Surveying 1..................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II.................................3
CEN 310 Construction Methods.........................3
CEN 312 Engineering Economy..........................3
CEN 315 Mechanics of Materials.......................4
CEN 316 Mechanics II Dynamics......................3
CEN 317 Introduction to Structural Analysis..........3
CEN 318 Fluid Mechanics 1............................3
CEN 319 Fluid Mechanics II...........................3
CEN 400 Senior Seminar...............................3
COM 271 Technical Writing............................3
MET 311 Thermodynamics 1.............................3
MTH 151 Computer Programming: Fortran................4
Approved Technical Elective...............................3
Subtotal................................................ 61
Additional Course Requirements
Chemistry...................................................5
ENG 101 & 102 English Composition..........................6
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro.................3
or
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro
MTH 111 College Algebra.................................4
MTH 112 College Trigonometry ........................3
MTH 141 Calculus I......................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II.....................................4
PHY 231/232 General Physics l/General Physics Lab 1......5
or
PHY 201 College Physics I
PHY 233/234 General Physics ll/General Physics Lab II......5
or
PHY 202 College Physics II
Social/Behavioral Elective....................6
Humanities Electives..........................9
Subtotal.................................................. 54
Minor or Area of Emphasis 18 (Minimum)...................18
Total....................................................... 133
61


School of Engineering Technology
Environmental Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
CEN 330 Water Supply and Treatment.................3
CEN 331 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal..........3
CEN 332 Environmental Impact Statements............3
CEN 430 Environmental Technology....................3
CEN 431 Environmental Technology Practices.........3
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology.................3
Total.................................................. 18
Structures Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
CEN 410 Structural Design...........................3
CEN 411 Steel Design................................3
CEN 412 Concrete Design 1...........................3
CEN 413 Soils Mechanics.............................3
CEN 414 Concrete Design II..........................3
CEN 330 Water Supply and Treatment..................3
or
CEN 331 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal...........3
or
CEN 430 Environmental Technology....................3
or
CEN 431 Environmental Technology Practices..........3
Total.................................................. 18
Engineering and Land Surveying Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
SUR 262 Survey Drafting.............................3
SUR 253 Route Surveying.............................3
SUR 354 Boundary Law I..............................3
SUR 454 Boundary Law II.............................3
SUR 453 Site Planning...............................3
Surveying Elective.....................................3-4
Total..............................................18 or 19
Control Surveying and Mapping Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
SUR 262 Survey Drafting................................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry 1...............................3
SUR 362 Cartographic Surveys...........................3
SUR 345 Electronic Instrumentation for Surveying.......3
SUR 474 Geodetic and Special Surveys...................4
SUR 453 Site Planning..................................3
Total.....................................................19
Minor in Civil Engineering Technology Required Technical Studies
CEN 110 Civil Technology...............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1............................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics..........................3
SUR 151 Surveying 1....................................3
CEN 310 Construction Methods...........................3
Approved Lower-Division Technical Elective.................3
Approved Upper-Division Technical Elective.................3
Total.......,............................................ 21
Minor in Drafting Engineering Technology Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1............................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II......................... 3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry...........................2
CEN 221 Architectural Drawing..........................3
CEN 320 Advanced Technical Drawing.....................3
Approved Lower-Division Technical Elective.................3
Approved Upper-Division Technical Elective.................3
Total.....................................................20
Meteorology
Meteorologists represent the liaison between meteorological information and the public. They collect, analyze, and, sub-
sequently, translate the information for public use. The public includes such varied groups as large general contractors, public and private utilities, heavy manufacturing, chemical processing plants, agriculture, transportation (including aviation services), government (such as the military and federal agencies), and research organizations.
The Meteorologist studies fundamental meteorological theory and analysis practices as well as instrumentation, data processing, and communications concepts. The program is designed to provide the student with the concepts of meteorology while emphasizing one or two chosen areas of public need.
Meteorology Major for Bachelor of Science Required Technical Studies
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology...................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology.........................2
MTR 241 Meteorological Instrumentation................3
MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorology..........................3
MTR 341 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory...............4
MTR 343 Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology...........3
MTR 344 Dynamic Meteorology: Atmospheric
Processes.....................................3
MTR 345 Dynamic Meteorology: Kinematics and
Dynamics......................................3
MTR 441 Meteorological Numerical Products.............2
MTR 442 Urban and Industrial Meteorology..............3
MTR 444 Climatology...................................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.............3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics....................4
Subtotal.................................................. 42
Technical Electives
Must include a Technology area of concentration or College Minor of not less than eighteen (18) semester hours, as ap-
proved by the Department.................................35
Subtotal................................................ 77
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101 & 102 English Composition.........................6
MTH 111 College Algebra..............................4
MTH 112 College Trigonometry.........................3
MTH 141 Calculus I...................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II..................................4
PHY 201 College Physics 1............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II...........................5
Humanities...................................8
Social and Behavioral Science................8
Subtotal.............................................. 47
Total.................................................. 124
Minor in Meteorology Required Technical Studies
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology..................3
MTR 242 Use of Radar and Satellites in Meteorology...3
MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorology.........................3
MTR 341 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory..............4
MTR 444 Climatology..................................3
Approved Technical Electives..............................4
20
Surveying
The Bachelor of Science in Surveying is designed to provide basic theoretical background with practical applications for a career as a surveying professional. The intent of this curriculum is to familiarize the student with modem field, computational,mapping and legal procedures used in routine and specialized surveying services. The program is flexible, allowing a course of study that fulfills the objectives of the student, while insuring a sound surveying education.
62


School of Engineering Technology
Surveying Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1...........................3
SUR 151 Surveying 1...................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II..................................3
SUR 253 Route Surveying...............................3
SUR 262 Survey Drafting...............................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry 1..............................3
SUR 271 Astronomy for Surveyors.......................2
SUR 347 Hydrology for Surveyors.......................3
SUR 354 Boundary Law I................................3
SUR 345 Electronic Instrumentation for Surveying......3
SUR 362 Cartographic Surveys..........................3
SUR 376 Surveying Data Adjustments....................3
SUR 453 Site Planning.................................3
SUR 454 Boundary Law II...............................3
SUR 465 Photogrammetry II.............................3
SUR 474 Geodetic and Special Surveys..................4
SUR 448 Geodesy.......................................3
GEL 101 General Geology...............................4
GEG 484 Remote Sensing of the Environment.............3
Subtotal................................................ 58
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101, 102 Freshman Composition.........................6
MTH 140 Pre-Calculus Mathematics......................4
PHY 231/232 General Physics l/General Physics
Lab 1.........................................5
PHY 233/234 General Physics I l/General Physics
Lab II........................................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
COM 271 Technical Writing.............................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
Social/Behavioral Electives...............................9
Humanities Electives......................................6
Subtotal................................................ 44
Approved Technical Electives............................. 7
Required Math Minor
MTH 141 Calculus I....................................4
MTH 151 Computer Programming: Fortran.................4
MTH 214 Matrix Algebra................................2
MTH 241 Calculus II...................................4
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics....................4
MTH Approved Elective.............................(min.) 2
Subtotal................................................ 20
Total................................................. 129
Minor in Surveying
Required Technical Studies
SUR 151 Surveying 1.................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II................................3
SUR 262 Survey Drafting.............................3
SUR 265 Photogrammetry 1............................3
SUR 271 Astronomy for Surveyors.....................2
SUR 362 Cartographic Surveys........................3
SUR 465 Photogrammetry II...........................3
Total................................................. 20
Electronics Engineering Technology
Electronics Engineering Technology graduates possess some of the know-why" of the engineer and some of the know-how of the technician.
Graduates are employed in a variety of positions as technologists working with engineers and scientists in some of the following functional areas:
Research and Development
Technical activities in research and development are primarily directed towards obtaining new information and new knowledge
of the field. The engineering technologist is a member of the research team, along with scientists and engineers. This specific work may involve the development and construction of prototypes, test and evaluation of equipment, or other activities necessary to render technical support to a research project.
Electronic Manufacturing
A graduate employed in a manufacturing facility might be involved in actual manufacturing, fabrication, test, prototype development, calibration, quality control, maintenance, or field service. She or he may also in some cases become heavily involved in sales engineering.
Manufacturing Plants
In all other areas of industry, the rapid advancement of sophisticated electronic instrumentation is opening vast fields for the engineering technology graduates. Practically all on line" control processes are electronically directed. In this area, maintenance, calibration, installation, as well as personnel supervisory positions are available to the engineering technologist.
Services
Service engineering has become a field of its own. This involves extensive activities in the fields of computers, communications, instrumentation, new product development, and numerous other activities involving electrical and electronic systems.
Design
Some technologists design electronic equipment and systems, where the design is application oriented.
The EET curriculum provides a strong foundation in mathematics and science as well as a thorough treatment of the characteristics of electric circuits and electronic devices. In this four-year program, specialization may be achieved by selection of an area of emphasis included within the scope of the department offerings.
Electronics Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
Because the technology program emphasizes applications of theory, students are required to take concurrent laboratory courses. In the EET 100 and EET 200 series of courses, students who drop or change to No Credit in the theory/laboratory course must make the same change in the companion laboratory/theory course.
The Bachelor of Science Degree is awarded upon completion of the courses listed below.
Semester
Required Technical Courses Hour*
EET 110 Circuits 1.......................................4
EET 111 Circuits Lab I..................................1
EET 112 Circuits II......................................4
EET 113 Circuits Lab II..................................2
EET 210 Electronics 1....................................4
EET 211 Electronics Lab 1...............................1
EET 212 Electronics II...................................3
EET 213 Electronics Lab II...............................2
EET 232 Digital Circuits I...............................3
EET 234 Technical Programming Applications...............2
EET 311 Advanced Circuits I..............................4
EET 312 Advanced Circuits II.............................4
EET 333 Digital Circuits II..............................3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors..................3
EET 362 Communication 1..................................3
EET 371 Automatic Control Systems 1......................3
EET 410 Senior Project 1................................1
EET 411 Senior Project II................................2
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology......................................3
Upper-Division EET Electives.................................6
Sub Total.................................................. 58
63


School of Engineering Technology
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101 -102 English Composition......................6
MTH 140 Pre-Calculus Mathematics.4 (or MTH 111 and
MTH 112 may be substituted)
MTH 141 Calculus I.....................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II....................................4
PHY 201 College Physics 1..............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II.............................5
CHE 110 Introduction to Chemistry/or
CHE 120 General Chemistry 1............................5
COM 271 Introduction to Technical
Writing.......................................3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communications..........3
Humanities Electives.......................................5
Social/Behavioral Science Electives........................8
Sub Total................................................. 52
Minor or EET Area of Emphasis, (minimum)..................18
Area of Emphasis is recommended; Minor must be approved by EET Chairperson)
Sub Total.................................................18
Total........................................ (minimum) 128
Communications Area of Emphasis
Semester
Required EET Courses................................ Hours
EET 331 Pulse Circuits..............................3
EET 363 Communications II...........................4
EET 365 FCC License Preparation.....................3
EET 367 Measurements for Communications.............4
EET 462 Communications III..........................4
Sub Total...............................................18
Power Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
EET 341 Electric Power Generation...................3
EET 342 Electric Power Distribution.................3
EET 343 Power Generation Using Solar Energy.........3
EET 441 Simulation of Building Energy...............5
MET 311 Thermodynamics..............................3
MET 312 Heat Transfer...............................3
Sub Total...............................................20
Control Systems Area of Emphasis
Required EET courses
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and Operation........4
EET 372 Control Systems Laboratory....................1
EET 435 Minicomputer Applications.....................3
EET 451 Circuit Analysis with Operational Math........2
EET 453 Applications of Operational Amplifiers........3
EET 471 Automatic Control Systems II..................4
Upper Division EET Elective..............................2
Sub Total................................................19
Computer Technology Area of Emphasis
Required EET Courses
EET 331 Pulse Circuits..............................3
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and Operation......4
EET 432 Digital Filters.............................3
EET 435 Minicomputer Applications...................3
EET 436 Microprocessor Applications.................3
Upper Division EET Elective...............................2
Sub Total.................................................18
Minor in Electronics Engineering Technology
Required EET Courses
EET 110 Circuits 1.............................................4
EET 111 Circuits I Lab.........................................1
64
EET 112 Circuits II.......................................4
EET 113 Circuits II Lab...................................2
EET 301 Principles of Electronics and Electrical
Circuits 1.......................................4
EET 302 Principles of Electronics and Electrical
Circuits II......................................4
Upper-Division EET Electives.....................................4
Sub Total.......................................................23
Technical Management
Technical Management is an Interdisciplinary program training students to become technically proficient in order to handle their own jobs effectively and to communicate with and manage technical specialists. Graduates are needed for positions in value engineering, logistics engineering, quality control, maintenance engineering, systems analysis or management, operations research, and field engineering. This program has been coordinated with several industrial management representatives and is administered jointly through the Schools of Business and Engineering Technology.
Students completing the Technical Management Program requirements are not required to complete a separate minor.
Technical Management Major for Bachelor of Science
General Course Requirements
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition..........................6
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication...........3
Humanities Electives.........................6
ECO 201 Principles of Economics- Macro.................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics- Micro................3
Soc/Behavioral Science Elective..............3
MTH 141* Calculus I...................................4
PHY 201 College Physics 1..............................5
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing..............3
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications....3
Sub Total..................................................39
'Note: MTH 141 requires prerequisite of MTH 112 or MTH 140. Technology Courses
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Tech................3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance.................3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis..........................4
CEN 110 Civil Technology................................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1.............................3
EET 110 and
111 Circuits I and Laboratory.......................5
EET 112 and
113 Circuits II and Laboratory.....................6
Electives
A minimum of 20 semester hours of technology courses must be selected in consultation with and approved by the Electronics Engineering Technology Department. At least 15 of these hours
must be upper-division......................................20
Subtotal.................................................... 47
Business Course Studies
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II...................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing..........3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.............3
CMS 231 Fundamentals of Business Statistics...........3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision-Making..................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance 1..........................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................3


School of Engineering Technology
Electives
A minimum of fifteen (15) additional semester hours must be selected from courses offered by the Management or the Computer and Management Science Departments. These electives must be approved by either the Department of Computer and Management Science or the Electronics Engineering Technology Department and at least 7 of these hours must be upper-
division .........................................................15
Sub Total........................................................ 45
Total.......................................................... 131
Industrial Marketing
The industrial Marketing Program links sales and manufacturing. Specialists are trained to become familiar with designing, manufacturing, branding, packaging, transporting, labeling, pricing, selling, and servicing products. The curriculum develops an awareness of the policies and practices of manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, and users of technical goods. Graduates may expect to find positions in retail and wholesale industrial sales positions, in the areas of advertising and promotion, and in the field of marketing planning. Administration of the program is handled jointly through the Departments of Electronics Engineering Technology and Marketing. Students completing the Industrial Marketing Program are not required to complete a separate
minor.
Semester
General Course Requirements Hours
ENG 101,
102 Freshman Composition............................6
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication...........3
Humanities Electives..........................6
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro..................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology........................3
Soc/Behavioral Science Elective...............3
MTH 103 Triangle Trig.................................1
MTH 131 Finite Math for the Management and
Social Sciencies..............................4
PHY 125 Physics of Tech, 1............................5
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications.....3
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing..............3
Sub Total............................................... 40
Technology Courses
MET 100 Materials and Mfg. Tech.......................3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance................3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis........................4
CEN 110 Civil Tech....................................3
CEN 120 Tech. Drawing I...............................3
EET 110 and 111 Circuits I and Laboratory.................5
EET 112 and 113 Circuits II and Laboratory................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours of technology courses must be selected in consultation with the Electronics Technology Department. 12 of these hours must be upper-
division .........................................................15
Sub Total....................................................... 42
Business Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I...................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II..................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing.........3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics..............3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance...........................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1...............................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................3
MKT 301 Marketing Research............................3
MKT 311 Advertising...................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior.............................3
MKT 445 Seminar in Marketing Management...............3
Sub Total............................................... 39
Total................................................... 121
Mechanical Engineering Technology
The program has been developed considering the needs of industry. A group of technical people from various engineering companies, industrial companies, and consulting firms in the greater Denver area serve the Mechanical Engineering Technology Department in an advising capacity. This meaningful relationship assures that the four-year graduate is capable of handling a variety of challenging tasks that assist the professional engineer.
The Mechanical Engineering Technology Department offers the Bachelor of Science Degree in MET. It is structured with three distinct areas of emphasis during the final year of study. The student may select to follow: (1) a series of courses with an emphasis on manufacturing; or (2) a group of design, heat power related courses under the designated mechanical emphasis; or (3) a series of courses within an emphasis in energy.
The Mechanical Engineering Technologist, as a specialist in applied engineering, takes creative ideas and concepts and translates them into practical applications in new machines, products, or manufacturing processes. He may choose to apply these concepts in the energy field.
Bachelor of Science/Mechanical Engineering Technology
Required Technical Courses
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Technology.........3
MET 101 Manufacturing Processes........................3
MET 220 Mechanics of Materials.........................3
MET 221 Mechanical Drawing.............................3
MET 301 Fluid Flow I...................................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1............................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics .........................3
CEN 316 Mechanics II Dynamics........................3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines.................3
EET 301 Principles of Electronics/Electronic
Circuits 1.....................................4
Sub Total................................................ 31
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101, 102................................................6
MTH 111, 112, 141, 151, 241................................19
Humanities Elective.........................................5
Social/Behavioral Science Electives.........................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
Upper-Division Elective.....................................3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro...............3
COM 271 Technical Writing.............................3
CHE 110 Introduction to Chemistry.....................5
or
CHE 120 General Chemistry.............................5
PHY 201 College Physics 1.............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II............................5
Sub Total................................................. 62
The student then selects one of the following sequences:
I. Manufacturing Area of Emphasis:
MET 240 Welding Processes............................3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis.......................3
MET 310 N/C Computer Programming.....................3
MET 325 Tool Design and Production Tooling...........3
MET 330 Advanced Quality Assurance...................3
65


School of Engineering Technology
MET 341 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing.......3
MET 404 Plant Layout.................................3
MET 408 Computer Aided Manufacturing.................3
MET 424 Cost Estimating for Manufacturing...............4
Sub Total................................................ 28
Total........................................................ 121
II. Mechanical Area of Emphasis:
MET 302 Fluid Flow II................................3
MET 307 Machine Design...............................3
MET 311 Thermodynamics 1.............................3
MET 312 Heat Transfer................................3
MET 331 Thermodynamics II............................3
MET 332 Instrumentation Laboratory...................3
MET 407 Computer Aided Design........................3
MET 428 Advanced Energy Technology...................3
CEN 315 Mechanics of Materials.......................4
Upper-Division Technical Elective......................3
Sub Total.............................................. 31
Total........................................................ 124
III. Energy Technology Emphasis:
GEL 101 General Geology............................4
MET 103 Introduction to Energy.....................3
MET 302 Fluid Flow II..............................3
MET 311 Thermodynamics 1...........................3
MET 313 Combustion Technology......................3
MET 331 Thermodynamics II..........................3
MET 332 Instrumentation Laboratory.................3
MET 351 Technical supervision......................3
MET 410 Petroleum Technology I.....................3
MET 411 Petroleum Technology II....................3
MET 412 Coal Technology............................3
MET 428 Advanced Energy Technology.................3
Sub Total.............................................. 37
Total........................................................ 130
The MET Department has structured the following sequence of courses for those wishing to minor in Mechanical Engineering Technology.
Minor/Mechnical Engineering Technology
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Technology......3
MET 101 Manufacturing Processes.....................3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance.............3
MET 220 Materials of Engineering....................3
MET 310 N/C Computer Programming....................3
MET 400 Project Engineering.........................3
Total................................................... 18
66


67


School of Liberal Arts
Academic Departments:
Art
English
History
Modern Languages Music Philosophy Political Science Psychology
Sociology/Anthropology Speech Communications

68


School of Liberal Arts
The School of Liberal Arts offers flexible programs in the social sciences and humanities directed toward personal, occupational, and professional goals in a rapidly changing world.
Each Liberal Arts department (Art, English, History, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology-Anthropology, Speech) provides a comprehensive academic program with many options to fulfill the multiple needs of a diverse urban college population.
The Liberal Arts curriculum amplifies the programs of every other academic area of the College by offering the wide range of courses generally included in the total educational mission of an accredited institution.
Liberal Arts studies aim toward the development of perspective and intellectual strength for the endeavors of a lifetime. The School of Liberal Arts is fully engaged in expanding career programs that combine the preparations and broad background elements essential for educational sufficiency in todays urban community.
In harmony with the basic philosophy and goals of Metropolitan State College, the School of Liberal Arts assumes a major role in encouraging and preparing students to participate fully in the challenges and opportunities of modern life. School of Liberal Arts departmental majors and minors, as shown below, lead to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree.
Art
The Department of Art offers a full range of studio art courses in the areas of: FINE ARTS (drawing, painting, printmaking, photography and sculpture); APPLIED ARTS (advertising design and product and industrial design); CRAFTS (ceramics, metalwork and jewelry making, and design in wood); and ART HISTORY (studies which include an emphasis in contemporary and modern art courses).
Art Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
Semester
Core Requirements For All Art Majors Hours
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts 1............3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II...........3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts I.............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II............3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960.3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to
the Present.................................3
18
Student may choose one of four areas of emphasis: Art History, Fine Arts, Applied Arts, or Crafts.
Art History Area of Emphasis Semester
Hours
Art History (upper division)...............................18
Fine Arts...................................................6
Applied Arts................................................6
Crafts......................................................6
Electives...................................................6
42
Fine Arts Area of Emphasis Semester
Hours
Fine Arts..................................................18
Applied Arts...............................................9
Crafts......................................................9
Art History (upper division)................................6
42
Applied Arts Area of Emphasis semetr
Hours
Applied Arts...............................................18
Crafts......................................................9
Fine Arts....................................................9
Art History (upper division).................................6
42
Crafts Area of Emphasis semester
Hours
Crafts......................................................18
Applied Arts............................................9
Fine Arts....................................................9
Art History (upper division).................................6
42
Total.......................................................60
(A minimum of 27 upper division hours required.)
Minor requirements for Arts Majors is optional.
Art Education
Teacher certification for art majors is available through the Department of Education.
Minor in Art
Required Courses
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts 1............3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II...........3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1.............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II............3
ART 201 Survey of Modem Art: Impressionism
to 1960.....................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to
the Present.................................3
18
Electives................................................9
Minimum One Upper Division Studio Course
Minimum One Upper Division Art History Course
Total.................................................. 27
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts Communications: Visual Sponsored by the Department of Art
The Visual Communications area of concentration offers students a sequence of art courses in graphic communications, including drawing and design as well as a broad acquaintance with the visual arts in contemporary and historical perspective.
69


School of Liberal Arts
To become knowledgeable in the arts as related to present day communications media, students have the opportunity to pursue graphic courses in the Fine Arts of Drawing, Painting and Printmaking, or in the Applied Art fields of Graphic Communications and Advertising Design, Photography and Video.
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories......3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................3
Total 6
Required Lower-Division Courses
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts 1..........3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II..........3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II...........3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960......3
Required Art History (Select 3 Hours)
ART 303 History of Art Between the World Wars...................3
or
ART 401 Modern Art History: Theory and Criticism................3
Required Studio Courses Fine Arts (select 6 hours)
ART 210 Beginning Life Drawing.......................3
ART 215 Beginning Painting...........................3
ART 225 Beginning Printmaking........................3
ART 220 Beginning Photography........................3
Applied Arts (6 hours)
ART 240 Beginning Advertising Design.........................3
ART 340 Intermediate Advertising Design......................3
Electives
Six hours elected from
Upper-Division Art Courses...................................6
Total...................................................... 42
Economics (See School of Business) English
The Department of English offers instruction in a variety of areas: English Literature, American Literature, and World Literature; language and linguistics; writing, non-fiction as well as poetry, fiction, and drama. Courses in each area appeal, variously, to students in every school of the College who wish to read and understand the literature of the great cultures of the world, who wish to examine the principles underlying how languages work, and who wish to cultivate their skills in creating writings of fiction and non-fiction. Department faculty have organized and developed the curriculum to respond to student interests in reading and understanding the great works of literature; in acquiring the skill of expressing themselves lucidly, accurately, and with forceful style; and in establishing, developing and refining their analytical and imaginative powers.
Advanced courses, typically in the upper division, permit more detailed attention to subjects for students who are especially interested in one or more of the sub-disciplines offered by the Department. Among these are Journalism, Language and Linguistics, Creative Writing, Practical Writing, English Education, and Literature.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts Literature Emphasis
The literature emphasis offers a path of study that produces the skills widely recognized as those of the English major: the ability to work independently, to think with depth and sensitivity, and to write clearly. Literature majors are often valued because they know how to learn and how to apply what they learn. By concentrating their major efforts on reading literature, students receive not only the widest exposure to the best writing of different times and places, but the fullest opportunity to mature their understanding of complex literary stances and language strategies that explore influential ideas about the human condition. The literature major also learns to think carefully and to write clearly on complex subjects for a demanding reader.
Sophomore level courses provide an introduction to the variety of literary expression in historical context and an initial introduction to techniques and stances used by all writers. Upper division courses apply these techniques and others to great works, permitting greater depth of study.
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
Semester Hours Required................................... 9
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language ENG 202 English Grammar
Semester Hours Required................................... 3
III. Two of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sartre
ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike
ENG 232 English Literature: Donne to Johnson
ENG 233 English Literature: Blake to Beckett
Semester Hours Required...................................... 6
IV. One of the following courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition*
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction, Poetry, or Drama)*
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing*
Semester Hours Required...................................... 3
V. One of the following general courses:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature
ENG 331 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques
ENG 332 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd
ENG 333 English Novel: Defoe to Austen
ENG 334 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature
ENG 343 Classical Mythology
ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester Hours Required.................................... 3
VI. Four electives from 300-400 level courses including at least one from the following:
ENG 401 Linguistic Studies (Variable Topics)
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature
ENG 413 Major Authors
ENG 414 Modern Continental, English and American Drama
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories and
Sonnets
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical-Problem
Plays
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing
ENG 461 Literary Criticism
Semester Hours Required................................. 12
Total Semester Hours Required
36
Prerequisite: Corresponding lower-division course or pass department examination. Lower-division prerequisite does not count toward major.
70


School of Liberal Arts
English Major for Bachelor of Arts Secondary School Teaching Area of Emphasis*
The Secondary School Teaching emphasis-in conjunction with the state certification program coordinated by the MSC School of Education-prepares future teachers of English to understand and teach the diverse subject matter required for certification. This program equips students with a wide variety of language principles and skills; practical experience in developing and presenting the process of writing; a sound knowledge of literary genres, periods, and authors-with a special focus on literature for adolescents; and an understanding of communication and media as used in English studies. In addition to meeting specified state and departmental requirements, this program offers students the opportunity to develop a further specialization in writing, language, or literature to complement the major.
Semester
Required Courses for Certification Hours
I. ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes....3
ENG 221 American Literature:
Bradford to Dickinson....................3
ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike......3
ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to
Shakespeare..............................3
Lower-Division Literature:
Semester Hours Required.......................... 12
II. ENG 201 Nature of Language.......................3
ENG 202 English Grammar.........................3
Lower-Division Language: Semester
Hours Required.................................... 6
III. ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies.........3
ENG 303 Semantics or............................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language ........3
Upper-Division Language: Semester
Hours Required.................................... 6
IV. ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents..............3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.....................3
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools...**
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in
Secondary Schools........................3
ENG 363 Teaching Communications.................3
or
COM 376 Instructional Communication................3
RDG 328 Methods and Techniques of Teaching
Reading: Secondary.................................3
English Education Core Courses:
Semester Hours Required.......................... 12
V. English Electives:
Three upper-division English courses (including at least
one 400-level) selected in consultation with and approved by designated English Department advisors.
Semester hours required...................... 9
Total Semester Hours Required................ 45
Candidates for certification are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisors, and advisor approval must be obtained before the English Department will endorse a candidate for certification.
Students seeking secondary credentials in English must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the English major requirements.
"While ENG 361 and RDG 328 are required to meet state English Certification requirements, these five semester hours are carried under the Student's Professional Education requirements.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts Writing Emphasis
The Writing Emphasis is designed to give the creative writer extensive practice on various genres of literature as well as a
good foundation in appreciation of the English Language literary heritage. Courses are also offered to assist the creative writer in finding markets for literary work and assessing the potential of writing as a career.
Semester
Writing Component Hours
Entry Course:
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing
Semester hours required............................... 3
One of the following writing courses:
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing
ENG 351 Advanced Composition
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing
ENG 456 Workshop: Scribes Magazine
Semester hours required................................. 3
Three of the following creative writing courses:
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Science Fiction) ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Poetry)
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Drama)
COM 374 Script Writing: Film or Television Semester hours required....................................
9
Exit Course:
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing
Semester hours required............................. 3
Literature Component
One of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
Semester hours required..................................
Each of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sarte ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike ENG 233 English Literature: Blake to Beckett
Semester hours required..................................
One of the following courses:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature
ENG 331 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques
ENG 332 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd
ENG 333 English Novel: Defoe to Austen
ENG 334 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature
ENG 343 Classical Mythology
ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester hours required............................
One of the following courses:
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature ENG 413 Major Authors
ENG 414 Modern Continental, English, and American Drama
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem
Plays
ENG 461 Literary Criticism
Semester hours required..............................
3
9
3
3
Total Semester hours required......................... 36
Pre-Professional Writing Emphasis
Every profession benefits from having among its members persons who write exceptionally well, and rewards, in turn, tend to accrue to such persons. This emphasis is designed to enable talented writers majoring in other fields to develop their writing gifts and thereby enhance their career opportunities; for this reason it is expected that the Pre-Professional Writing Emphasis will be a second major for nearly everyone who pursues it.
71


School of Liberal Arts
The program is designed to provide the student with an intensive, coherent sequence of instruction in writing and linguistics interspersed with appropriate study of fine writing, from the English language literary heritage.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition...........................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language or
ENG 202 ENG 303 ENG 351 ENG 353 SPE 374 or
ENG 363
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools Semester Hours Required................................ 12
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies ENG 302 History of the English Language ENG 303 Semantics
Semester Hours Required................................ 3
English Grammar.............................3
Semantics...................................3
Advanced Composition........................3
Techniques of Critical Writing..............3
Psychology of Communication
Teaching Communication......................3
III. Three English Electives from 300-400 level courses selected in consultation with and approved by designated English Depart-
ment advisors.
Semester Hours Required............................... 9
Total Semester Hours Required......................... 24
Total........................................................ 18
Students will take six literature courses of which at least two must be upper division; these courses must be distributed among at least four of the following five areas:
1. World or Continental Literature
2. British Literature: Beginnings to 17th Century
3. British Literature: 17th Century to 19th Century
4. American Literature
5. 20th Century Literature
18
Total Semester Hours Required................................ 36
English Minor
'This minor does not satisfy MSC requirements for certification in Secondary English, but does meet minimum requirements for those seeking eligibility to teach English in secondary schools accredited by the North Central Association. Students working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisors.
Dramatic Literature Emphasis
The English Minor with emphasis in Dramatic Literature serves students who wish to develop skills in reading, writing, and thinking about the texts of drama and to turn these skills into marketable assets. The program is designed to meet needs of anyone involved in the history, teaching, writing, production, or performance of drama. The minor will be useful to students of every aspect of theatre (design, building, producing, directing, performing, evaluating), in any medium.
I. Two of the following courses:
World Literature: Homer to Cervantes World Literature: Molier to Sartre American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson American Literature: Twain to Updike English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare English Literature: Donne to Johnson English Literature: Blake to Beckett Hours Required.......................................
ENG 211 ENG 212 ENG 221 ENG 222 ENG 231 ENG 232 ENG 233 Semester
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language ENG 202 English Grammar
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing
Semester Hours Required................................... 3
III. Three electives from 300-400 level courses including at least one from the following:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature
ENG 331 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques
ENG 332 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd
ENG 333 English Novel: Defoe to Austen
ENG 334 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature
ENG 343 Classical Mythology
ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester Hours Required................................... 9
Total Semester Hours Required...................... 18
English Minor
Secondary School Teaching Area of Emphasis*
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents ENG 351 Advanced Composition
72
I. Introductory Courses
ENG 112 Introdution to Literature: Drama A second course, introductory in nature, is to be selected by agreement of the student and the Department advisor. The course need not be an English course, but if not, it should be an introductory course related to the students major interest in the use of drama.
Semester Hours Required................................. 6
II. Writing Course(s) One of the following courses:
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Drama
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Script Writing
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing
Semester Hours Required................................. 3
III. Literature Electives (9 hours to be chosen in consultation with an advisor)
ENG 131 Introduction to Shakespeare
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 331 Development of English Drama I
ENG 332 Development of English Drama II
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Drama
ENG 431 Shakespeare I
ENG 432 Shakespeare II
ENG 413 Major Authors (Playwrights)
ENG 414 Modern Continental, English, and American Drama
ENG 461 Literary Criticism
Semester Hours Required................................. 9
IV. Final Study ENG 480,
ENG 498 or
ENG 499 Workshop, Independent Study, Internship or Practicum
NOTE: This phase of the English Minor with an emphasis in Dramatic Literature presents the opportunity for students electing the minor to devote significant attention to one in-depth project for completion of the study. The project should be based on the reading of a dramatic text, but should combine this experience with some other area of design, management, performance or writing. The


School of Liberal Arts
project should combine the skills of reading drama with those of the associated area of expertise. The project is to be proposed by the student, approved by an advisor in the Department of English, and directed in collaboration with a second advisor, associated with the other area of expertise fundamental to the study. The study may take the form of a workshop, an independent study, an internship
or a practicum.
Semester Hours Required............................... 3
Total Semester Hours Required........................ 21
Language and Linguistics Minor
The Language and Linguistics minor offers concepts about, theories of, and analytical techniques in natural language. It represents an intellectual discipline in itself and, simultaneously, serves the interests of future teachers, students of literature and writing, and others who have a continuing fascination with language as language. Taken in an appropriate order made evident by careful advising, the courses in the program educate students both to use and to appreciate their language. The minor requires students to engage in vigorous, progressively more explicit and precise analysis and synthesis as they examine facts and fallacies about the miracle of language.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ENG 201 The Nature of Language......................3
ENG 202 English Grammar.............................3
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies.............3
ENG 302 History of the English Language.............3
or
ENG 303 Semantics...................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study in Language/Linguistics...3
In addition to pursuing the Practical Writing Minor some students may wish to seek certification as qualified practical writers. A student seeking certification must apply to the Practical Writing Review Committee before completing nine hours applicable to the minor, and if approved, must work out with the committee a coordinated sequence of courses, one of which must be English 498, Independent Study. The certification procedure will include development of a portfolio which will be prepared under the guidance of the committee. This portfolio, designed to demonstrate student proficiency, will include such items as a letter in which students describe the development of their skills in writing and the extent to which they see these as valuable to their careers, and two different demonstrations of their ability to write and edit under pressure. The portfolio materials will be juried by at least two members of the PWRC. Some of the preparation may carry up to three hours credit under English 498.
Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts
The Journalism major prepares students for careers dealing with news and information media, including the press, broadcasting, and public relations. Proficiency in standard written English is a prerequisite for all journalism courses. Students without such proficiency should not register for any journalism beyond JRN 181. Prospective journalism students who might be concerned about such proficiency may request and take a test in standard English usage and composition, designed by the journalism faculty, before registering for any courses beyond introduction to Journalism. According to the results, the faculty may recommend that the student take ENG 101 and ENG 102 before taking any journalism course beyond JRN 181. The test in standard English usage will be administered in all 100-level journalism classes.
Two of the Following
ENG
ENG
362
401
Linguistic Studies (this course will carry five different title concentrations and may be repeated for credit with a change in title)....................................
Practical Writing Minor
The Practical Writing Minor is a humanities based, career-oriented program enabling students to develop writing skills as an adjunct to any major. Students will be prepared to do the practical writing found in magazines, newspapers, and newsletters. Students completing the program are expected to be versatile writers capable of applying the principles of good writing to different audiences and purposes.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
15 JRN 181
JRN 182
JRN 282
...3 JRN 286'
JRN 381
JRN 382
JRN 383
...3 JRN 384
JRN 481
21 JRN 482
JRN 485
JRN 486
Introduction to Journalism Beginning Reporting and News Writing Beginning News Editing and Copyreading Intermediate Reporting and News Writing Feature Article Writing for Newspapers Public Relations Writing and Strategies Contemporary Issues Broadcast News Writing Feature Article Writing for Magazines Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and Principles of Layout
News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion Advanced Reporting and News Writing Total Semester Hours Required........................... 36
Typing proficiency is required for every journalism course beyond JRN 282.
Journalism Minor
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 107 English Usaage and Grammar.................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language.....................3
ENG 303 Semantics..................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.......................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing.............3
Semester Hours Required.............................. 15
Elective Courses (Choose three from the following):
ENG 352 Writing as a Profession
ENG 398 Cooperative Education: English Internship
ENG 498 Independent Study: Writing Project
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and Newswriting
JRN 381 Feature Writing for Newspapers
JRN 481 Feature Writing for Magazines
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing
SPE 210 Argumentation and Advocacy
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion
Semester Hours Required............................. 9
Total Semester Hours Required...................... 24
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing
Semester Hours Required..........................
II. Five of the following courses:
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading JRN 286* Intermediate Reporting and News Writing JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies JRN 383 Contemporary Issues
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines JRN 482 Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and
Principles of Layout
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion
JRN 486 Advanced News Writing
Semester Hours Required...............................
6
15
Total Semester Hours Required
21
Typing proficiency is required for every journalism course beyond JRN 282.
73


School of Liberal Arts
Public Relations Minor
The Public Relations Minor prepares students for careers related to institutional and organizational information distribution. Emphasis in the program is on strong news writing skills, problem solving and planning, and publication production.
Required Courses
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism....................3
JRN 182 Beginning News Writing and Reporting.........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copy Reading......3
JRN 284* Fundamentals of Public Relations..............3
JRN 286 Intermediate News Writing and Reporting.......3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers........3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies.......3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education Public Relations......3
Total Semester Hours Required.......................... 24
A suitable basic photography course may, upon approval of the advisor, be substituted for one of the above courses.
In addition, the following courses are strongly recommended as part of the student's general education curriculum.
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing
COM 273 Industrial Communication and Media
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing
ENG 303 Semantics
ENG 351 Advanced Composition
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing
MGT 300 Principles of Management
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing
MKT 311 Advertising
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion
ENG 201 The Nature of Language
COM 372 Projects in Organization Communications
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting
Other courses may be recommended by the advisor, depending on the students particular needs.
With the approval of the Journalism faculty, Journalism majors may substitute courses from the list of recommended electives for required courses they take as a part of their major.
History
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715......................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715...................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865..........................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865.......................3
Electives
A minimum of 23 additional semester hours in History is required, 18 hours of which must be upper-division.
Grade Average
Students majoring in History must maintain at least a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Advising
History majors should consult with a departmental advisor to select the courses in other disciplines which complement their area of concentration in the major.
Minor in History
There are four different areas of emphasis available to students seeking a History minor. I) Regular History area of emphasis, II) American Popular Culture area of emphasis, III) American West
74
History area of emphasis, IV) Twentieth Century Studies History area of emphasis.
Regular History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715......................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715...................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865..........................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865.......................3
Electives
A minimum of 9 additional semester hours in History. The hours must be upper-division and should be selected in consultation with a departmental advisor.
American Popular Culture Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 122 American History since 1865...................3
HIS 151 Movies and History............................3
or
HIS 152 Rock Music and Social History
or
HIS 153 Sports in America.............................3
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional history hours, of which 9 must be upper-division. Courses must be related to American Popular Culture.
American West History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 110 American West.............................3
HIS 111 Colorado History 1........................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865..................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865...............3
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional history hours treating the American West, of which 9 must be upper division.
Twentieth Century Studies History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 122 American History since 1865..................3
HIS 201 Contemporary World History................3
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional hours treating twentieth century history, of which 9 must be upper division.
Grade Average
Students minoring in History must maintain a 2.0 average in their history courses.
Secondary School Education Certification in Social Sciences:
Students majoring in History may combine their major with other courses in the Social Sciences and in Education to receive Secondary Education Certification. The requirements of this program are included under the Education Department section of this catalog.
Pre-Law Courses
Several history courses are of particular importance to pre-law students. These include HIS 121, HIS 122, and HIS 368. Students interested in pre-law courses are urged to contact the departmental advisor.
Modem Languages
The Department of Modern Languages offers major programs in Spanish and Modern Foreign Languages, minor programs in French, German and Spanish, and Teacher Education Programs


School of Liberal Arts
in Spanish and Modern Foreign Languages. Courses in other foreign languages and in occupational or professional fields are offered in order to meet student and community needs. In addition, the Department administers several education programs abroad.
Registration for courses is in accordance with previous preparation. Consequently, students will register for foreign language courses as follows: No previous study, or less than one year in high school 101; students with one year in high school who feel their background is weak 101; one semester in college 102; one year in college 211 and/or 231; two years in high school 211 and/or 231; or 102, if needed; three years in high school or one and one-half years in college 212 and/or 232; or 211 and/or 231, if needed; four years in high school or two years in college 300 level courses, or 212 and/or 232, if needed.
The above regulations may not be enforceable if the student has had no professional instruction in his chosen language within the last two years. If the benefit of this exception is not possible but the student feels that he has insufficient preparation for the required level, he should strengthen his background by auditing the course recommended by his foreign language advisor. Elementary courses do not apply toward the major or minor requirements.
Students seeking secondary credentials in Spanish or in Modern Foreign Languages (French, German, Spanish) must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the major requirements. They must also demonstrate sufficient mastery of the target language or languages through an appropriate Proficiency Test.
Spanish
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semeiter
Required Courses Hours
SPA 211 or 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation I or II..............................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition 1.................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation..............................3
SPA 312* Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice............2
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain or
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization or
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican
Southwest.....................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish....3
SPA 331 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar 1.........3
SPA 332 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II........3
SPA 340 or
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature I or II...........3
SPA 351 Masterpieces of Latin American Literature......3
MDL 496* Teaching Foreign Languages in the
Secondary Schools............................3
SPA 411 or 412 Contemporary Spanish or Latin
American Literature..........................3
SPA Electives**...........................................2
Required only when seeking a Teacher Certificate.
"Must be advanced courses and taken with department approval.
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization or
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican
Southwest......................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish....3
SPA Electives*..............................................3
French
Minor in French
Required Courses
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation.................3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues......................3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar..........3
FRE 232 French Composition..............................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature 1...................3
FRE 351 French Culture and Civilization.................3
FRE Electives*............................*.................3
German
Minor in German
Required Courses
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation..............3
GER 212 German Civilization..........................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar.......3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing..........3
GER 321 or 322 Survey of German Literature I or II.........3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller......................3
GER Electives*.............................................3
'Must be taken with department approval.
Modern Foreign Languages
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses
The composite Modern Language Major involves a minimum of 48 hours in any two modern languages, at least 12 hours in each. Students are advised into intermediate and advanced classes in each language on the basis of individual background and need. The minimum 12 hours in each of the two chosen languages must be taken as follows:
Spanish
SPA 211 -212 Spanish Reading and Conversation I, II.....6
SPA 231-232 Spanish Grammar and Composition I, II.......6
French
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation...........3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues................3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar....3
FRE 232 French Composition........................3
German
Minor in Spanish
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SPA 211 or 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation I or II..............................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition 1..........3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II.........3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation........................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
or
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation.............3
GER 212 German Civilization.........................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar......3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing.........3
The remaining hours to complete the 48 hours required must be taken with department approval.
For those seeking a Teacher Certificate in Modern Foreign Languages (French, German, Spanish) the remaining hours mentioned above will be taken in at least one of the following areas of emphasis.
75


School of Liberal Arts
French Area of Emphasis
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation................3
FRE 212 Contemporary French Issues.....................3
FRE 231 French Vocabulary Building and Grammar.........3
FRE 232 French Composition.............................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature 1..................3
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II.................3
FRE 321 French Phonetics: Theory and Practice..........2
FRE 331 Advanced French Composition and Grammar........3
FRE 332 Advanced Conversation..........................3
FRE 351 French Culture and Civilization................3
FRE 352 Modern French Theater
or
FRE 353 The French Novel...............................3
FRE 414 Advanced Textual Analysis
or
FRE 440 Existentialism.................................3
FRE Electives..............................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
School........................................3
German Area of Emphasis
of Music offers two NASM-accredited degree programs, Music Education and Music Performance, for students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in music. Students pursuing these majors are not required to fulfill a minor for graduation. In addition, the Contract Major is available for students seeking a more personalized degree program in music.
The Music Education degree program is designed to prepare students for careers teaching instrumental and/or choral music at the levels K-12. By taking an additional eighteen semester hours beyond the baccalaureate degree (EDU 419 and 429), the student becomes eligible for K-12 certification in the State of Colorado. With these additional eighteen hours, this degree program is fully accredited by the Colorado State Department of Education. Students seeking teaching credentials in music must satisfy all requirements of the Teacher Education Program in the School of Education in addition to all requirements of the Department of Music.
The Music Performance degree program is designed to prepare students for careers in music performance, further graduate specialization or private studio teaching. In order to pursue this course of study, the student must demonstrate, through audition, the capability of developing a high level of musicianship in performance.
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation.....................3
GER 212 German Civilization.................................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar.............3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing.................3
GER 312 German Phonetics: Theory and Practice...............2
GER 321 Survey of German Literature 1.......................3
GER 322 Survey of German Literature II......................3
GER 323 Contemporary German Writers.........................3
GER 331 Advanced German Composition and Grammar.............3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller.......................3
GER 411 The German Novel of the Nineteenth and Early
Twentieth Centuries............................3
or
GER 412 German Drama of the Nineteenth and Twentieth
Centuries......................................3
GER 421 Advanced Conversation: Present-day Germany ....3
GER Electives...............................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
School.........................................3
Spanish Area of Emphasis
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I
or
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II..........3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition..............3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II...........3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation........................3
SPA 312 Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice.......2
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
or
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization or
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest ...3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish....3
SPA 331 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar 1.....3
SPA 332 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II.....3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
or
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II................3
SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature
or
SPA 412 Contemporary Latin-American Literature.........3
SPA Electives.............................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary
School........................................3
Students wishing to gain a broad, general coverage of the field of music may pursue the minor in Music. The department offers a wide range of courses, including some specifically designed for non-music students wishing to enhance their general appreciation and enjoyment of music. Non-music students may also participate in large and small music ensembles, Including band, orchestra, choir and chamber music.
All students majoring or minoring in music must participate in the departmental advising program scheduled during the first week of each semester. Transfer students should be prepared to take placement examinations in the areas of music theory and music history and to perform an audition in their primary performance area. For advising, placement, and audition appointments, contact the Department of Music.
Music Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirement for all Music Education Majors
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MUS 111,113,211 Music Theory I, II, III................9
MUS 112,114,212 Music Theory Lab I, II, III............3
MUS 221, 222 Music History I, II.......................6
MUS 171,172, 271, 272, 371, 372 Private Instruction l-VI
(Primary Performance Area)..................12
MUS 161,162 Class Piano I, II..........................2
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging..................................2
MUS 332 Secondary School Choral Methods and
Materials................................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Secondary School
Choral Methods and Materials...............1
MUS 351 Basic Conducting.............................2
MUS 365 Basic Techniques of Composition.............2
MUS 411 Analysis of Music............................2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting..........................2
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.........3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate...............................3
or
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in the Content Areas
Secondary.............................
EDU 110 The Elementary Child I ....................
EDU 265 Human Relations ...........................
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner................
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom ..
Music
Total.
63
Metropolitan State College is an accredited institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Department
76
In addition to the above core requirement, music education majors must select one of the following emphases:


School of Liberal Arts
Choral Emphasis
MUS 161 Class Voice 1................................1
MUS 261,262 Class Piano III, IV......................2
MUS 281,282, 381, 382 Large or Small Ensemble.......14
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All fourteen hours may be earned in any one course number or in any combination
of the above numbers.
MUS 331 Elementary School Music Methods and
Materials.....................................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Elementary School
Music Methods and Materials...................1
MUS 341 String Techniques and Materials...............2
MUS 345 Brass Techniques and Materials................2
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques and Materials...........2
MUS 421 Choral Literature.............................2
Total....................................................28
Voice Emphasis
MUS 141 German Diction and Literature for Singers......2
MUS 142 French Diction and Literature for Singers......2
MUS 143 Italian Diction and Literature for Singers.....2
MUS 421 Choral Literature..............................2
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy.................................2
Total....................................................10
Piano Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint................................. 3
MUS 324 Piano Literature...............................3
MUS 441 Piano Pedagogy.................................2
Total....................................................8
Instrumental Emphasis
MUS 281,282, 381, 382 Large or Small Ensemble...........12
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All twelve hours may be earned in any one course number or in any combination of the above numbers.
MUS 333 Elementary School Instrumental Music Methods
and Materials.................................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Elementary School Instrumental Music Methods and
Materials.....................................1
MUS 334 Secondary School Instrumental Music
Methods and Materials.........................2
MUS 339 Supervised Field Experience: Secondary School
Instrumental Music Methods and Materials......1
MUS 341 String Techniques and Materials.............2
MUS 343 Woodwind Techniques and Materials...........2
MUS 345 Brass Techniques and Materials..............2
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques and Materials.........2
MUS 348 Marching Band Techniques and Materials......2
Total....................................................28
Organ Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................3
MUS 421 Choral Literature.............................2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting...........................2
Total....................................................7
Guitar Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................3
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging...................................2
Total....................................................5
Woodwind, Brass, String or Percussion Emphasis
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and
Arranging..................................2
MUS 451 Advanced Conducting............................2
Music Performance Major for Bachelor of Arts
Total.
4
Core Requirements for all Music Performance Majors
MUS 111,113,211 Music Theory I, II, III..............9
MUS 112,114,212 Music Theory Lab I, II, III..........3
MUS 221,222 MusicHistoryl,ll.........................6
MUS 171,172 Private Instruction I, II (Primary Performance
MUS 273, 274, 373, 374, 473, 474 Performance iii-VHI
(Primary Performance Area).................24
MUS 161,162, or 171 Class or Private Instruction
(Secondary Performance Area)................2
Note: Must be Class Piano I and II unless
student is able to pass the Private Instruction Audition in Piano.
Exception: Students electing
the Organ Emphasis must take Class Voice I and
II unless student is able to pass the Private Instruc-
Minor in Music
Swmtttr
Required Courses Hours
MUS 111,113,211 Music Theory I, II, III.............9
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab 1..........................1
MUS 221,222 MusicHistoryl,ll.........................6
MUS 161,162 or 171 Class or Private Instruction:
Performance Area............................4
MUS 281,282, 381,382 Large or Small Ensemble.........4
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All four hours may be earned in one course number of in any combination of the above numbers.
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
MUS
tion Audition in Voice.
281, 282, 381, 382 Large or Small Ensemble......12
Note: These course numbers may be repeated for credit. All twelve hours may be earned in any one course number or in any combination of the above numbers. The ensemle expierence throughout the baccalureate degree program should be varied both in size and nature, and should be chosen from those appropriate to the
area of specialization.
351 Basic Conducting................................2
365 Basic Techniques of Composition...............2
411 Analysis of Music...............................2
479 Senior Recital..................................1
Music History or Literature Elective............3
Total.
70
In addition to the above core requirement, all music performance majors must select one of the following emphases:
Total.
24
Philosophy
Philosophy may be thought of as a quest for alternative belief systems and, as such, it is an adventure of the mind. It is a critical investigation into the assumptions and implications associated with all ideas across all disciplines and, in this respect, it is inter-disciplinary in character. However, this type of inquiry requires technical concepts and methods and hence, it takes on the character of a specialized discipline. Finally, without ceasing to be critical, philosophic inquiry relies upon imaginative and intuitive insight as well as speculative thought. Therefore, philosophy as a study program enlarges the students horizons of ideas throughout the various disciplines in the college, while simultaneously providing the critical skills necessary to analyze and synthesize these ideas. It encourages students to explore
77


School of Liberal Arts
creatively the full range of philosophical options, to consider alternate points of view, and to penetrate deeply into profound issues. Because of the subject matter, attitudes, and methods employed in philosophy, the student will be much better prepared for leadership in personal life, civic responsibilities, and pursuit of a career.
In addition to offering a variety of courses for students who are planning to take only one or two courses in philosophy, the Department offers two programs both of which feature flexibility and individualized training:
1. A. major for students seeking a solid, general train-ing/background which can serve either as a basis for graduate studies in such varied areas as philosophy, the humanities, law, medicine, business, urban planning and development, etc., or as a basis for a career in which the specialized training required is provided by the employer, such as, careers in corporate management, government, politics, banking, education, etc.
2. A minor for students who have already chosen a career and seek to complement their specialized training/back-ground with the opportunities afforded by philosophy to increase their career options and generally to increase the quality of their lives.
The Philosophy Program is now jointly offered by the faculties of MSC and UCD who have been combined into a single department. We encourage MSC students who either major or minor in philosophy to take appropriate UCD courses whenever such courses contribute to the requirements or the balance of their philosophy experience.
Philosophy Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
PHI 144 Logic..........................................3
PHI 300 History of Greek Philosophy....................3
PHI 302 History of Modern Philosophy...................3
Total.................................................... 9
Additional Course Subject Areas Required Lower-Division
Introductory Courses........................................6
Upper-Division
Metaphysics and/or Epistemology.............................3
Ethics and/or Social Philosophy.............................3
One Philosophical Problem or
One Philosopher..........................................3
One Course Relating Philosophy to Religion, Art, Science, or History........................3
Total..................................................... 18
Additional Electives at any Level.......................... 9
Total Upper-Division Credit Hours required lor Major..... 18
Total Credit Hours required for Philosophy Major.......... 36
Minor in Philosophy
Required Courses
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy......................3
PHI 103 Ethics..........................................3
PHI 111 Language, Logic and Persuasion..................3
Total...................................................... 9
Electives
A minimum of 11 additional semester hours of which 7 are upper-division courses in Philosophy selected in consultation with and approval by the Department of Philosophy to make a total of 20 semester hours.
Political Science
The study of Political Science is mainly a study of governments: their social and economic environments, how they are organized, how and why they decide upon and carry out policies, and how governments interact with one another. It also includes the study of political ideas and values, past and present, and recent trends in methods of research and analysis aimed at enlarging our knowledge of political processes.
The Political Science program provides students with the perspective and background necessary to understand the complex and often confusing reality of politics.
Political Science Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSC 101 American National Government.....................4
PSC 102 Introduction to Politics.........................4
PSC 305 Political Theory.................................3
PSC 402 Special Studies..................................3
Total...................................................... 14
Electives
A minimum of 18 additional semester hours of Political Science must be completed. At least 12 of these 18 hours must be Upper-Division courses (300- and 400-level). Total semester hours for a PSC major: 32.
Students desiring Secondary Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Minor in Political Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSC 101 American National Government...................4
PSC 102 Introduction to Politics.......................4
Total..................................................... 8
Electives
A minimum of 10 additional semester hours in Political Science courses. Total Semester hours for a PSC Minor: 18.
In addition to the scheduled classes, Political Science students are encouraged to enroll for at least one off-campus internship. Students may receive credit for practical work experience in various areas of government service. Placement in a governmental position may be initiated by the student or by the Political Science Department. Interested students should contact the Political Science Department for details.
Minor in Public Administration
Public Administration is the study of governmental organizations and how government policies are formulated and carried out. The Political Science Department offers a Minor in Public Administration available to students interested in a career in government service, to students presently employed in government who wish to increase their skills and job status, and to students planning to take post-graduate work in Public Administration.
Semester
Required Courses Hourt
A. Basic courses required for all PA Minors:
PSC 101 American National Government..................4
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration.........3
B. Two of the following courses:
PSC 322 Public Policy.................................3
PSC 324 Intergovernmental Relations...................3
PSC 326 Government Budgeting..........................3
78


School of Liberal Arts
PSC 328 Public Personnel Administration...................3
ACC 320 Government Accounting............................3
C. One of the following courses:
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics........................4
D. Internship (PSC 299 or 499 Omnibus Courses)
or substitute course........................(minimum) 3
A governmental internship will be required of all students for a minimum of one semester and a minimum of three semester hours. This requirement may be waived for students with at least one calendar year of administrative work experience in a government agency.
Total................................................. 19-20
It is recommended that PA Minors also take a course in both public speaking and in technical writing.
Also available to students is a program of courses leading to a Certificate of Completion in Public Administration awarded by the Political Science Department. Students are awarded the Certificate after successfully completing a selection of courses amounting to 26 credit hours. Contact the Political Science Department for details.
Not listed among the regular courses are a variety of omnibus courses and self-paced courses which are offered each semester and give the student a greater variety of choice. Please be sure to check the semester class schedule for these.
Minor in Psychology
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology...........................3
PSY 451 History and Systems of Psychology.................3
6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in Psychology courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Psychology, making a total of 21 hours in Psychology.
Sociology
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology..................3
SOC 201 Social Problems............................3
SOC 307 Sociological Research Methods 1............3
SOC 308 Sociological Research Methods II...........3
SOC 331 Development of Social Thought..............3
SOC 332 Modern Social Theory.......................3
18
Psychology
The major or minor program is to be planned in consultation with an adviser from the Psychology Department by the beginning of the junior year or upon transfer into the Department.
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Electives
A minimum of 22 additional semester hours in Sociology courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Sociology is required, bringing the total to 40 semester hours. At least 12 upper-division semester hours in Sociology must be completed at Metropolitan State College by students majoring in the field.
Students desiring Secondary Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
PSY 101
PSY 311
PSY 312
PSY 331
PSY 332
PSY 451
Introductory Psychology..........................3
Introduction to Statistics for Social
and Behavioral Sciences..........................3
Inferential Statistics...........................3
Research Techniques, Experimental 1..............3
Research Techniques, Experimental II.............3
History and Systems of Psychology................3
18
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours in Psychology courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Psychology, making a total of 39 hours in Psychology.
A list of optional areas of emphasis is as follows:
Area I Experimental Psychology
Area II Clinical Psychology
Area III Social and Community Psychology
Area IV Industrial Psychology
Area V Developmental Psychology
Area VI Gerontology
Students interested in the Gerontology area of emphasis must select a minimum of 42 hours, in addition to the 18 hours of required courses of the Psychology Major, in consultation with and approved by the Department of Psychology from the following list of courses. The Gerontology Emphasis may be applied in lieu of the 21 elective hours in the Psychology Major and the minor requirement. See Sociology for suggested electives in Gerontology emphasis.
Students desiring Secondary Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Gerontology Area of Emphasis
Select a minimum of 42 hours, in addition to the 18 hours of required courses of the Sociology Major, in consultation with and approved by the Department of Sociology/Anthropology from the following list of courses. The Gerontology Area of Emphasis may be applied in lieu of the 22 elective hours in the Sociology Major and the minor requirement.
Semester
Course List Hours
SOC 105 Introduction to Gerontology.................3
SOC 205 The Sociology of Aging......................3
SOC 213 Urban Sociology.............................3
SOC 377 The Sociology of Medicine...................3
SOC 381 Population Dynamics.........................3
SOC 405 Urban Gerontology...........................3
SOC 413 The Sociology of Death and Dying............3
SOC 414 Death in America............................3
SOC 415 The Sociology of the Urban Poor.............3
SOC 470 Advanced Field Internship (Required)........3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment..................3
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development.............3
PSY 295 Contemporary Issues in Psychology:
Death and Dying.............................3
PSY 327 Adulthood and Senescence....................3
PSY 493 Seminars in Development Psychology:
Senescence..................................3
PSY 499 Field Placement in Gerontology..............3
HES 105 Dynamics of Health..........................3
HES 204 Nutrition...................................3
Minor in Sociology
Required Courses
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology........................3
79


School of Liberal Arts
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in Sociology courses selected in consultation with a department advisor, bringing the total to 18 semester hours. At least 6 upper-division semester hours of the minor must be completed at Metropolitan State College.
Anthropology
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ANT 101 Introduction to Physical Anthropology...........3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology...........3
ANT 201 Primatology.....................................3
ANT 233 Language and Culture............................3
ANT 264 Principles of Archeology........................3
15
Electives
A minimum of 24 additional semester hours in Anthropology are required, bringing the total to 39 semester hours. At least 3 semester hours must be at the 400-level and at least 12 upper-division semester hours in Anthropology must be completed at Metropolitan State College by students majoring in the field.
Foreign language is recommended for Anthropology majors, but will not count as an elective.
Students desiring Teacher Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Minor in Anthropology
Required Courses
ANT 101 Introduction to Physical Anthropology.............3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.............3
6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in Anthropology are required, bringing the total to 21 semester hours. At least 6 upper-division semester hours must be completed at Metropolitan State College.
Behavioral Science
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics: Macro 3
HIS 366 Recent U.S., 1945 to the Present 3
PSC 102 Introduction to Politics 4
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology 3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 19
Electives
A minimum of 18 additional upper-division elective hours in Anthropology, Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology, bringing the total to 37 semester hours. No more than 6 upper-division hours may be in any one discipline and must be selected in consultation with, and have, the approval of the advisor. Three hours of field study is recommended in this 18 hours of electives. At least 12 upper-division hours must be completed at Metropolitan State College by students majoring in this field. Each student in this major must have the preliminary approval of an assigned advisor.
80
Students desiring Teacher Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
No Minor Offered
Speech Communication
Speech communication is one of the most important human qualities. Proficiency in one of the areas of speech opens up many careers to the graduate.
For instance, in mass communication, radio, television and film, a graduate might aspire to careers in On Air operations, mass media ideas, promotion, public affairs, or radio-television sales. He or she might become a consultant in advertising, a specialist in instructional or educational television or in the public broadcasting service. Also, careers are open as broadcasting specialists in public relations, public information, business, industry and government.
Speech pathology graduates who meet the standards of the American Speech and Hearing Association may find careers in public and private schools, community clinics, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, private practice, colleges and universities, industry, or state and federal government agencies.
Graduates in rhetoric and public address have achieved success at law, industrial and organizational communication, educational administration, public relations, speech writing for political figures, teaching, public relations, and theology.
Professional and educational theatre occupations are open to theatre graduates with specialties in stagecraft, sound, engineering, script writing, directing and acting.
Organizational Communication, a new field, presents lucrative and satisfying careers to speech graduates specializing in this area of communication. Job opportunities are available in both associations and industry with some MSC graduates in Organizational Communication achieving success in several areas of government, industry, business and meeting planning.
Speech Communication
Major for Bachelor of Arts
1. 101-3, Fundamentals of Speech Communication course is required of all speech majors and minors.
2. To be added in each of the areas would be the entire offering of internships, topics, advanced topics, independent studies, etc.
3. Additional semester hours in Speech courses selected in consultation with and approved by the advisor in the Department of Speech.
4. Total minimum semester hours for a major in Speech Communication: 36
5. All Speech majors are required to take a minimum of one class in each of the following six program areas, preferably one of the starred courses.
6. The six subject areas include:
Theatre and Oral Interpretation
SPE 221* Introduction to Theatre
SPE 222* Techniques in Acting I
SPE 224* Introduction to Stagecraft
SPE 320* Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry
SPE 322 Movement for Stage
SPE 325 Introduction to Scenic Design and Theatre
Lighting
SPE 328 Stage Directing
SPE 420 Readers Theatre
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum I
SPE 427 Theatre: Practicum: II


School of Liberal Arts
Mass Communication (Radio-Television-Film)
SPE 240*
SPE 345*
SPE 347*
SPE 449*
Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting
Radio-Television Production and Announcing
Evolution of Cinematics as ART
Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary
Life
Communication Disorders and Voice Science
SPE 330'
SPE 350'
SPE 351'
SPE 355
SPE 356
SPE 357
SPE 358
SPE 359'
SPE 360'
SPE 361
SPE 450
SPE 455
SPE 457
SPE 463
Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice and Diction
Speech Pathology I
Speech Pathology II
Speech Pathology: Observation I
Speech Pathology: Observation II
Methods of Speech Pathology-Audiology:
Diagnostic Procedures
Methods in Speech Pathology: Articulation
and Stuttering
Speech Problems in the Schools Audiology I Audiology II
Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology-Audiology
Practicum in Speech Pathology Medical Aspects of Speech and Hearing Disorders
Practicum in Audiology
Organizational Communication
SPE 310* Business and Professional Speaking SPE 311* Conference Leadership SPE 312* Parliamentary Procedure
Communication Theory
SPE 374* Psychology of Communication
SPE 409 Persuasion in the Greek and Latin Traditions
SPE 410* Techniques of Persuasion
Rhetoric and Public Address
SPE 210* SPE 211* SPE 301 SPE 305 SPE 308* SPE 405 SPE 408* SPE 412
Argumentation and Advocacy Discussion Methods Advanced Public Speaking Intercollegiate Forensics Great American Speakers Advanced Intercollegiate Forensics Theories and Criticism of Public Address Freedom of Speech
Speech Education
Required Courses for the Secondary Teacher Education Program in Speech Communication Arts.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Speech. These six hours are to be selected from the following list:
SPE 305 Intercollegiate Forensics......................1
SPE 308 Great American Speakers........................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry..........3
SPE 322 Movement for Stage.............................2
SPE 350 Speech Pathology 1.............................3
SPE 360 Audiology 1....................................3
SPE 408 Theories and Criticism of Public Address.......3
SPE 420 Readers Theatre................................3
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum 1...........................1
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary
Life............................................3
Total minimum hours required for the Secondary Teacher Education Program in Speech Communication Arts: 48 hours. Students seeking secondary credentials in Speech Education must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the major requirements. Recent changes in Colorado Law affecting teacher certification has necessitated changes in advising procedures. All students in the Speech Education Program who are seeking a certificate must, therefore, contact the Speech Department for modifications, changes and advising relative to changes in Colorado Law affecting teachers.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Broadcasting Sponsored by the Department of Speech
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications (Inter-Disciplinary). In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours and supporting proficiencies (See CCC advisor).
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories......3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................3
Total 6
Required Area and Broadcasting Courses
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft..................3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television
Broadcasting.................................3
SPE 249 Internship in Radio-Television-Film
Mass Communication.........................1-3
SPE 345 Radio-Television Production and
Announcing...................................3
SPE 348 Workshop in Radio/Television Production.....3
SPE 349 Advanced Internship in Radio-Television-
Film-Mass Communication....................1-3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
SPE 210 Argumentation and Advocacy....................3
SPE 211 Discussion Methods............................3
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre.......................3
SPE 222 Techniques of Acting I........................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft....................3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television
Broadcasting..................................3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking......................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry.........3
SPE 328 Stage Directing...............................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction...................................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication...................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion......................3
Electives Hours for the Secondary Teacher Education Program
A minimum of six semester hours in Speech courses recommended in consultation with and approved by the Department of
Total......................................................... 18
Recommended Electives
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction...................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Arts................3
SPE 448 Seminar-Practicum in Broadcasting..............3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life.............................3
COM 274 Continuity for Radio...........................3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film Television................3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies........3
JRN 383 Contemporary Issues........................~.......3
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing.........................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.......................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing........................3
or other designated electives
Total Electives.......................................... 18
Total.................................................... 42
81


School of Liberal Arts
Communications: Theatre Administration Sponsored by the Department of Speech
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications (Inter-Diciplinary). In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours and supporting proficiencies (see CCC advisor).
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories.........3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.......................3
Total 6
Required Area and Theatre Arts Courses
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre........................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft.....................3
SPE 299 Internship.....................................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry..........3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction.....................................3
SPE 499 Advanced Internship............................3
18
Recommended Electives
COM 274 Continuity for Radio........................3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film, Television............3
ENG 414 Modern Continental, English and American
Drama.........................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.....................3
SPE 322 Movement for Stage...........................2
SPE 420 Reader's Theatre.............................3
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum 1.........................1
SPE 427 Theatre: Practicum II........................2
SPE 480 Workshop in Theatre Arts...................1-3
And/or other designated electives
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art..............3
SPE 412 Freedom of Speech...........................3
SPE 420 Readers Theatre............................3
SPE 426 Theatre Practicum 1.........................1
SPE 427 Theatre Practicum II........................2
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting..........3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life............................3
The Speech Communication Minor
1. The Speech minor is required to take SPE 101-3.
2. All Speech minors are required to take a minimum of one class in at least three of the subject areas adopted for Speech majors. (This does not apply to students interested in Teacher Education).
3. The required courses should be taken from one of the starred courses to be agreed upon by the student and advisor.
4. Additional semester hours in Speech courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Speech.
5. Total minimum semester hours for a minor in Speech Communication: 18 semester hours.
Speech Pathology-Audiology Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction....................................3
SPE 350 Speech Pathology I...........................3
SPE 351 Speech Pathology II..........................3
SPE 360 Audiology 1..................................3
SPE 361 Audiology II.................................3
SPE 450 Clinical Practice in Speech Pathology-
Audiology....................................1-3
SPE 463 Practicum in Audiology.......................1
Electives
Total Electives................................................. 18
Total........................................................... 42
Communications Free Electives List
Other courses approved by the advisor in the selected Communications area of emphasis are acceptable as electives.
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology........3
ANT 233 Language and Culture.........................3
ART 101 Basic Drawing Methods........................3
ART 102 Basic Design and Crafts Methods..............3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art:
1960-Present Day.............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing 1..........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II.........................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition.....................3
ENG 303 Semantics....................................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism...................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing.........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading.......3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing......3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.......3
PHI 144 Logic........................................3
PSC 322 Public Policy................................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology............................3
PSY 342 Issues in Community/Social Psychology........3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking.....................3
SPE 322 Movement for the Stage.......................2
SPE 328 Stage Directing..............................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking...........3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction..................................3
A minimum of two additional semester hours in courses selected from the following list in consultation with and approved by the Department of Speech. Approved Psychology courses may be
substituted for electives.
SPE 352 Language Acquisition.........................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools...............3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication..................3
SPE 455 Practicum in Speech Pathology................1
Total minimum hours required for a minor in Speech Pathology-Audiology: 21 semester hours.
82


\
83


School of Professional Studies
Academic Departments:
Aerospace Science
Criminal Justice and Criminology
Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration
Industrial Communications
Industrial and Technical Studies
Military Science
Nursing and Health Care Management
Special Programs:
Air Force ROTC
84


School of Professional Studies
The School of Professional Studies has a diversity of programs within its departments. The principal thrust of all programs is intensive career preparation (preservice and/or inservice). Recognition is given to the contributing value of other disciplines through the required general studies and open electives built into each degree program.
Students who have completed an occupational associate degree should consult with the appropriate department for a compatible upper-division program, or post-associate degree program.
Department of Aerospace Science
Colorado is one of the nations aerospace centers. Military installations, major aerospace industries, increased interest in private and corporation flying, and the airlines that serve Denver provide employment opportunities. Local Federal Aviation Administration and other Government offices offer excellent sources for information. Because of this proximity, students also have the opportunity to visit these facilities and to take courses that are taught by personnel from the various organizations. The Baccalaureate Degree programs described below have been carefully planned to meet the needs of both the student and of industry. All of the technical courses have been developed in cooperation with the Federal Aviation Administration, and prospective employers; students completing them are eligible to take a variety of FAA examinations leading to certification.
The Aviation Management Program prepares the graduate to enter a wide variety of administrative positions within the various segments of the aviation industry.
The Airframe and Powerplant (A&P) courses are not offered by Metropolitan State College. However, students holding a valid FAA Airframe and Powerplant certificate may apply for 30 hours of credit to apply toward a BS degree providing certain validation papers are presented with the application.
All programs in the Department of Aerospace Science have been developed to meet the College Aviation Accreditation Guidelines of the University Aviation Association.
The "Airway Science emphasis is an approved FAA program. Upon completion of the requirements, which include the Systems Management Minor, a student can be registered with the FAA Airway Science Directory in Washington, D.C. As new employees are needed in a variety of FAA related positions, they may be contacted through this directory. Students majoring in any of the Airway Science emphases, must minor in Systems Management.
Bachelor of Science
The Department of Aerospace Science offers baccalaureate
degree programs with majors in the following areas:
Aviation Management (AMG)
General Aviation Emphasis
Airway Science Management Emphasis
Aviation Maintenance Emphasis
Airway Science Maintenance Management
Emphasis
Professional Pilot (PPT)
General Aviation Emphasis
Flight Engineer Emphasis
Airway Science Aircraft Systems Management
Emphasis
Minors
Aviation Management (AMG)
Professional Pilot (PPT)
Airframe and Powerplant Mechanics (APL)
These programs combine a thorough, practical and technical training background with a general college education to prepare a graduate for a wide variety of careers in the aerospace industry. These four-year baccalaureate degree programs have been developed upon the two-plus-two concept (a B.S. degree program built upon a AAS two-year degree). This concept makes it extremely easy for a community/junior college graduate in an aerospace program to transfer to MSC and earn a Bachelor of Science degree in our aviation program. In order to be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree, the student must comply with the College's general requirements for the Bachelor's degree listed in this Bulletin under Programs of Study and Degree Requirements.
FAA Approved Ground School
MSC Aerospace Science Department is a fully certified and approved Ground School for the Private, Instrument and Commercial FAA Ratings. Approved by the Federal Aviation Administration. Veterans Administration flight students should see the Aerospace Science department chair for information on approved flight training program.
Flight Courses
Flight training is contracted by the student, with the flight training schools under contract with MSC. In order to enroll in all flight courses and receive credit, the student must fly with MSC's contract flight schools.
The cost of the flight training is in addition to regular tuition and college services fees. This cost will vary depending upon how frequently the student is able to fly during the semester and how much total time the student requires to gain the necessary proficiency. The College instructor helps the student achieve an understanding of the relationship of flight theory to flight practice, in order to acquire the knowledge required to meet FAA certification standards. Flights are scheduled by the student with the contract flight training school. All flight training normally must be completed during the appropriate academic semester to receive credit for the course during that period.
Credit-by-Examination Procedures
The basic provision for obtaining credit-by-examination (a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit) is outlined in this Bulletin under Academic Information. The following procedures are established by the Department of Aerospace Science to implement this provision.
1. A student entering MSC for the first time must make application for Credit by Examination during the first three weeks of the first Semester. All examinations must be completed within the first semester.
2. A student will not be approved to take a course lower in number than any course she or he has taken previously.
85


School of Professional Studies
3. If a student is registered for, but has not completed a
higher-numbered course, the examination for the lower
numbered course must be completed within the first three
weeks of the semester.
4. No examinations will be graded during the Summer
Session.
5. Courses authorized for Credit by Examination and the
appropriate FAA License and/or Rating are listed below:
Hours
Course Title FAA Required Credit
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals Private 3
AES 135 Air Navigation I Private 3
AES 150 Private Flight Private 2
AES 236 Instrument Ground Instrument 3
AES 250 Commercial Instrument
Flight I Commercial 2
AES 251 Commercial Instrument
Flight II Commercial 2
AES 352 Commercial Instrument
Flight III Commercial 2
AES 336 Commercial Ground Commercial 3
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and
Propulsion Fit. Engineer 3
AES 403 Aerodynamics Fit. Engineer 3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance Fit. Engineer 3
AES 450 Flight Multi-Engine Multi-Engine 1
AES 451 Flight Instructor Fit. Instructor 1
AES 452 Flight Instructor-Instrument Fit. Instructor 1
AES 453 Fit. Instructor-Multi-Engine Fit. Inst. Multi 1
AES 455 Flight Helicopter Helicopter 1
AES 457 Airline Transport Pilot ATP Rating 1
Bachelor of Science Degree in Aerospace Science Programs
A summary of the course program and semester hours which a
student must complete for a Bachelor of Science degree is as follows:
Semester
Hours
General Studies.......................................37-39
Major (Select One)....................................49-59
Aviation Management
General Aviation..................................49
or Airway Science Management
Aviation Maintenance..............................59
or Airway Science Maintenance Management* Professional Pilot
General Aviation**................................51
Flight Engineer"..................................59
or Airway Science Aircraft Systems Management**
Minor (Select One)***.................................18-36
Business Minor/Meteorology
(Average Semester Hours.............................20)
A&P Minor*...........................................36
Free Electives.........................................0-16
Total........................................... 120-124
A recommended sequence for taking all courses in a selected major or minor and a list of required general studies may be obtained from the Department of Aerospace Science.
General Studies
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in aerospace science programs must complete the following general studies
requirements:
Freshman Composition.....................................6
(ENG 101 and 102)
Career...................................................6
BEC 200-3 Business Communications or
COM 271-3 Introduction to Technical Writing Plus, select a minimum of 3 hours from the following courses:
CMS 201-3 Principles of Information Systems ACC 201-3 Principles of Accounting I****
CJC 201 -3 Introduction to Private Security
Humanities.................................................8
SPE 101-3 Fundamentals of Speech Communication Select one of the following courses:
SPE 211-3 Discussion Methods SPE 301-3 Advanced Public Speaking SPE 310-3 Business and Professional Speaking SPE 311-3 Conference Leadership
Approved Elective.....................................2
Science and/or Mathematics.........................8-10
Mathematics.......................................3-5
Select One of the Following Options:
1. MTH 101-2 Beginning Algebra MTH 102-1 Beginning Geometry MTH 103-1 Triangle Trigonometry MTH 104-1 Elementary Mathematics for
Business and Economics
2. MTH 110-4 Intermediate Algebra MTH 103-1 Triangle Trigonometry
3. MTH 111-4 College Algebra MTH 103-1 Triangle Trigonometry
4. MTH 112-3 College Trigonometry
5. MTH 131-4 Finite Mathematics for the
Management and Social Sciences
PHY 125 Physics of Technology 1..........................5
Social and/or Behavioral Science.............................9
ECO 201-3 Principles of Economics Macro****
ECO 202-3 Principles of Economics Micro****
PSY 101 -3 Introduction to Psychology
Total of Genera! Studies...............................37-39
The credit hours awarded are based on the number of clock hours required by the Federal Aviation Administration for the award of the A&P license and the credits normally awarded by junior/community colleges, thus the increased number of hours for the Aviation Maintenance emphasis major or A&P minor.
All Professional Pilot majors must possess a minimum of the FAA Private, Instrument and Commercial Ratings to receive a Bachelor of Science degree.
Students choosing a major in any of the Airway Science emphases must minor in Systems Management.' Other majors may minor in any area of the School of Business, A&P, Meteorology or as approved by the Aerospace Science Department.
Required for all Aerospace Science majors who minor in Business.
Aviation Management (AMG)
Major for Bachelor of Science
General Aviation Emphasis or Airway Science Management Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals........................3
AES 135 Air Navigation 1.............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology........................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments
and Navigation................................2
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load
Planning......................................3
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and
Propulsion....................................3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and
Regulations...................................3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk
Management....................................3
AES 323 Commuter Airline
Management.................................. 3
AES 362 National Airspace Operations.................3
AES 386 Aviation Safety..............................3
AES 420 Airport Planning.............................3
86


School of Professional Studies
AES 421 Airport Management.........................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing.................3
AES 424 Air Cargo..................................3
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting..........................3
49
Suggested Electives
AES 205 Aviation History and Future
Development...................................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and
Management....................................3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight
Operations....................................3
AES 360 Space Flight..................................3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology
of Flight.....................................3
AES 387 Aircraft Accident
Investigation.................................3
AES 403 Aerodynamics..................................3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance..........................3
Aviation Maintenance or Airway Science Maintenance Area of Emphasis
Students who wish to enroll in the Aviation Management major with the Aviation Maintenance or Airway Science Maintenance area of emphasis, should complete an A&P program prior to, or while attending MSC.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
A&P FAA Certificate.....................................30
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and
Navigation...................................2
AES 321 Aviation Economics and
Regulations..................................3
AES 322 Aviation Law and
Risk Management..............................3
AES 385 Human Factors and
Physiology...................................3
AES 386 Aviation Safety..............................3
AES 420 Airport Planning.............................3
AES 421 Airport Management...........................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing...................3
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems..................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting............................3
59
Suggested Electives
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load Planning............3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management............3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations..........3
AES 362 National Airspace Operations...............3
AES 387 Aircraft Accident Investiation.............3
AES 403 Aerodynamics...............................3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance.......................3
Professional Pilot (PPT)
Major for Bachelor of Science General Aviation Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals........................3
AES 135 Air Navigation 1..............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology.........................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and
Navigation....................................2
AES 236 Instrument Ground.............................3
AES 270 Simulator Cross
Country Flight...............................2
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and
Propulsion...................................3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and
Regulations..................................3
AES 323 Commuter Airline
Management...................................3
AES 336 Commercial Ground...........................3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight
Operations...................................3
AES 362 National Airspace Operations................3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology
of Flight....................................3
AES 386 Aviation Safety.............................3
AES 403 Aerodynamics................................3
AES 404 Aircraft Performance........................3
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems.................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting............................3
51
Suggested Electives
AES 205 Aviation History
and Future Development........................3
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load
Planning......................................3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk
Management....................................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and
Management....................................3
AES 360 Space Flight..................................3
AES 387 Aircraft Accident
Investigation.................................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft
Marketing.....................................3
AES 424 Air Cargo.....................................3
Flight Engineer or Airway Science Aircraft Systems Management Area of Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals..........................3
AES 135 Air Navigation 1..............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology..........................2
AES 170 Simulator-Instruments and
Navigation...................................2
AES 236 Instrument Ground.............................3
AES 270 Simulator-Cross Country Flight................2
AES 300* Aircraft Systems and
Propulsion...................................3
AES 321 Aviation Economics and
Regulations..................................3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management...................3
AES 336 Commercial Ground.............................3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight
Operations...................................3
AES 362 National Airspace Operations..................3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology
of Flight....................................3
AES 386 Aviation Safety...............................3
AES 403* Aerodynamics.................................3
AES 404* Aircraft Performance.........................3
AES 413* Flight Engineer Duties and
Responsibilities.............................4
AES 414* B-727 Systems................................4
AES 437 Advanced Navigation Systems...................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems
and Job Targeting............................3
59
*ln order to comply with the requirements for the FAA Flight Engineers written examination, these courses must be scheduled within a concentrated time period and with a minimum number of clock hours.
87


School of Professional Studies
The Flight Engineers program should be taken during the students senior year.
Suggested Electives
AES 205 Aviation History............................3
AES 222 Flight Dispatcher/Load Planning.............3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk
Management...................................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and
Management...................................3
AES 360 Space Flight................................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing..................3
AES 424 Air Cargo...................................3
Minors
The following aerospace minors are designed primarily to afford majors in other areas within the College with the opportunity to develop an understanding of the aerospace world and sufficient familiarity with aviation skills to use in furtherance of their primary job. Aerospace majors normally may not elect the aviation management or professional pilot minors.
Aviation Management Minor
Semester
Required Courses Hours
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals.......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation 1............................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology.......................2
AES 321 Aviation Economics and Regulations..........3
AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk Management............3
14
Plus nine hours selected from the following courses:
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion............3
AES 323 Commuter Airline Management................3
AES 324 Airline Planning and Management............3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology of Flight.....3
AES 386 Aviation Safety............................3
AES 420 Airport Planning...........................3
AES 421 Airport Management.........................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing.................3
AES 424 Air Cargo..................................3
AES 491 Aviation Management Problems and
Job Targeting...............................3
9
Total 23
Professional Pilot Minor
Required Courses
AES 101 Aviation Fundamentals......................3
AES 135 Air Navigation 1...........................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology......................2
AES 236 Instrument Ground..........................3
AES 300 Aircraft Systems and Propulsion............3
AES 336 Commercial Ground..........................3
MTR 346 Meteorology and Flight Operations..........3
AES 385 Human Factors and Physiology of Flight.....3
AES 386 Aviation Safety............................3
26
In addition, all Professional Pilot minors must possess, as a minimum, FAA Private, Commercial, and Instrument Ratings.
Airframe and Powerplant Mechanics Minor
Students who wish to enroll in the Airframe and Powerplant Mechanics Minor should complete an A&P program prior to or while attending MSC.
88
Required Courses
Completion of an FAA approved A&P Program with appropriate
college credit (usual semester hours awarded)..............30
Plus:
AES 386 Aviation Safety....................................3
AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Marketing.........................3
36
Air Force ROTC Program
Students may register and receive credit at Metropolitan State College for Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) classes at the University of Colorado, Boulder. The Air Force Department of Aerospace Studies offers two Air Force ROTC programs leading to a commission in the active Air Force upon earning a baccalaureate degree.
Four-Year Program. The four-year program consists of the General Military Course (GMC) and the Professional Officer Course (POC). Emphasis is on basic leadership qualities and preparing for the Air Force while enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program. Upon completion of the GMC, students attend a four-week field training camp at an Air Force Base. Field training is designed to encourage leadership development and to introduce students to the active Air Force environment. The POC taken during the last two years prepares students for active duty through practical experiences as a cadet officer. In this phase, students will concentrate on advanced leadership training in final preparation for an Air Force commission. Four-year programs are available to students with a minimum of 8 semesters remaining at Metropolitan State College. Application for these programs should be made after consultation with the Professor of Aerospace Studies, University of Colorado.
Two-Year Program. The Two-Year Program consists of the Professional Officer Course (POC) and a six-week field training camp. Students with two years of full-time college remaining at the undergraduate, graduate level, or both, are eligible to apply. Once selected, students must successfully complete the six-week field training which includes 60 hours of academic study in addition to the regular curriculum of the four-week camp. The POC phase is identical to that explained in the Four-Year program.
Students should contact the Professor of Aerospace Studies, University of Colorado, for specific requirements and options available based on each students status at the time of program entry. Students who are veterans of military service, participated in Junior ROTC, Civil Air Patrol, or similar organizations, may have a portion or all of the GMC waived by the Professor of Aerospace Studies. Applications are accepted between November 1 and March 15.
Flight Training: Expense-paid ground school and flight training are open to cadets approved and qualified for future USAF pilot training.
Air Force College Scholarship Program: Students participating in Air Force ROTC may be eligible to compete for Air Force ROTC College Scholarships. Students selected for this program are placed on grants that pay tuition, book costs, nonrefundable education fees, and subsistence of $100 per month, tax free. All cadets enrolled In the Professional Officer Course receive $100 per month during the regular academic year. Students are also eligible to compete for two-, three-, or four-year scholarships open to both men and women.
For further information, contact:
Professor of Air Force Aerospace Studies Air Force ROTC Detachment 105 Folsom Stadium, Room 223 University of Colorado Boulder, Colorado 80309 Telephone: 492-8351


School of Professional Studies
Program of Study Four-Year Program
with a faculty advisor regarding general studies courses, the selection of a criminal justice area of emphasis and the minor.
The following courses are required during the first two years:
Semester
Hours
AFR 103 Development of Air Power 1....................1
AFR 104 Development of Air Power II...................1
AFR 203 U. S. Military Forces 1.......................1
AFR 204 U. S. Military Forces II......................1
The following courses are required during the last two years of the program:
AFR 301 USAF Management and Leadership I..............3
AFR 302 USAF Management and Leadership II.............3
AFR 401 National Security Forces 1....................3
AFR 402 National Security Forces II...................3
Two-Year Program
Veterans of military service, reservists, students with Junior ROTC, Civil Air Patrol, or equivalent experience, may be allowed advanced placement for all or a portion of the first two years. Students who successfully complete the six-week summer camp are allowed to enroll in the program at the 300 course level. ALL students must complete the courses listed under the second paragraph of the four-year program above.
Supplemental Courses and Language Requirements
All AFROTC scholarship students in the General Military Course must successfully complete a course in English composition before they can advance to the Professional Officer Course. All AFROTC scholarship students must also successfully complete a course in an Indo-European or Asian language prior to commissioning. All Professional Officer Course students must successfully complete a course in mathematical reasoning prior to commissioning.
Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology
The present and future needs of American society require substantially greater numbers and more highly educated persons in criminal justice agencies at all levels of government. Increasingly, the demand by potential employers is for applicants who have had professional education. In addition, there is considerable interest at all levels in the criminal justice system to increase professionalization through education. The present curriculum not only provides a solid foundation in police-related areas, but also prepares students who are interested in further study in the areas of probation and parole, corrections, juvenile agency work, criminal justice administration and private/corporate security. Course offerings within these professional fields are related to the human services program, public administration, urban studies and commercial enterprise.
Criminal Justice and Criminology Major for Bachelor of Science
The baccalaureate major is designed to provide professional courses, as well as a broad general education. The curriculum is structured for the student seeking either pre-service or in-service education. Recognizing that many interested in such education are already employed in some form of criminal justice work and that many have completed course work at the college level, the Department has developed a four-year program which provides comprehensive fundamental subjects in the first two years (lower-division) and emphasizes subjects of an advanced, specialized and administrative nature in the second two years (upper-division). The curriculum is structured to facilitate transfer from two-year police science/criminal justice programs.
A minor in Sociology, Psychology, Political Science, Business Management or Urban Studies is strongly recommended, but others are accepted. A contract minor may also be designed to meet the individual students area of interest.
Students must meet the colleges requirements for the baccalaureate degree, including general studies and should consult
Areas of Study
The Department of Criminal Justice and Criminology offers a Bachelor of Science degree with a choice of five areas of emphasis. These areas of emphasis recognize the growing specialization within the Criminal Justice System and the expanding information base in the fields of Law Enforcement, Corrections, Youth Advocacy, Criminal Justice Administration and Corporate Security. The areas also acknowledge the educational and professional needs of the Criminal Justice and Criminology student by providing to all graduates a commonality of learning experiences through core courses required for all areas of emphasis in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
Criminal Justice and Criminology Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Criminal Justice Core Hours
Required Courses for All Areas of Emphasis
CJC 101 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System.....3
CJC 110 Evolutionary Legal Concepts in Criminal Justice...3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law........................3
CJC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional....3
12
Area of Emphasis I: Law Enforcement/Public Safety
Designed for those students who seek academic preparation for careers within law enforcement agencies, or who may be considering Law School or other graduate school programs.
Semester
Required Courses in Addition to Core: Hours
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedure............3
CJC 214 Criminal Procedure...........................3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law...........................3
9
Students electing this area of emphasis must complete 18 semester hours from the following courses to meet requirements in the Law Enforcement/Public Safety area of emphasis:
CJC 215 Municipal Law...................................3
CJC 220 Law Enforcement Operations......................3
CJC 314 Juvenile Law....................................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior........3
CJC 335 Seminar in Delinquency Causation, Prevention
and Control.....................................3
CJC 340 Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers..........3
CJC 350 Criminal Investigation..........................3
CJC 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Administration...3
CJC 440 Criminal Justice Planning, Policy Analysis,
Evaluation and Budgeting Systems................3
CJC 441 Special Topics in Law Enforcement...............3
Area of Emphasis II: Corrections, Probation and Parole Administration
Designed for those students seeking academic preparation for careers within the adult corrections systems at the community or institutional level.
Required Courses in Addition to Core:
CJC 214 Criminal Procedure...............................3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law...............................3
CJC 328 Classification and Treatment of the Offender....3
9
89


School of Professional Studies
Students electing this area of emphasis must complete at least 20 semester hours from the following courses to meet requirements in the Corrections, Probation and Parole Administration area of emphasis:
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedure...............3
CJC 314 Juvenile Law...................................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior.......3
CJC 329 Probation and Parole...........................3
CJC 334 Counseling Skills for Corrections Personnel....3
CJC 340 Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers.........3
CJC 430 Penology.......................................3
CJC 440 Criminal Justice Planning, Policy Analysis,
Evaluation and Budgeting Systems................3
CJC 442 Practicum in Corrections.......................5
CJC 462 Special Topics in Corrections Administration...3
Area of Emphasis III: Youth Advocacy/Delinquency Control
Designed to prepare and enhance career skills for specialization in Youth Advocacy and Delinquency Control for those with competencies acquired as a practitioner in this field, or for students transferring from a two-year program in Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement. Students completing an associate degree in a criminal justice program will not be required to complete a minor.
Required Courses in Addition to Core:
CJC 312 Constitutional Law.............................3
CJC 314 Juvenile Law...................................3
CJC 335 Seminar in Delinquency Causation,
Prevention and Control..........................3
CJC 340 Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers.........3
CJC 345 Behavior Development and Treatment Plans......3
CJC 466 Youth Advocacy Initiatives..................1-15
PSY 325 Child Psychology...............................3
PSY 326 Adolescent Psychology..........................3
22-36
Area of Emphasis IV: Criminal Justice Administration and Management
Designed to enhance the career skills of students preparing for specialization in Criminal Justice Management and Administration for those with competencies acquired as Criminal Justice Practitioners or transferring from a two-year program in Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement. Students completing an associate degree in a criminal justic program will not be required to complete a minor.
Required Courses in Addition to Core:
CJC 310 Logic and the Law...............................2
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior........3
CJC 325 Delivery of Services in Administration of
Justice.........................................3
CJC 341 Criminal Justice and the Social Structure.......3
CJC 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Administration...3
CJC 400 Criminal Justice Policy Formulation and
Decision-Making.................................3
CJC 410 Advanced Jurisprudence..........................3
CJC 440 Criminal Justice Planning, Policy Analysis,
Evaluation and Budgeting Systems................3
CJC 443 Comparative Criminal Justice....................3
CJC 461 Special Topics in Criminal Justice Administration .3
CJC 467 Research Seminar in Criminal Justice
Administration..................................5
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...............3
Area of Emphasis V: Private Security Administration and Management
Designed for students seeking professional careers in the diverse areas of private or corporate security.
Required Courses in Addition to Core:
CJC 201 Introduction to Private Security................3
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom Procedure................3
CJC 214 Criminal Procedure..............................3
CJC 312 Constitutional Law..............................3
CJC 320 Criminal Justice Administrative Behavior........3
CJC 340 Criminal Behavior and Criminal Careers..........3
CJC 370 Civil Law for Criminal Justice Administration...3
CJC 385 Corporate Security Management...................3
CJC 475 Crime Prevention and Loss Reduction.............3
CMS 201 Introduction to Information Systems.............3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I......................3
Minor in Criminal Justice and Criminology
CJC 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice System.........3
CJC 110 Evolutionary Legal Concepts in Criminal Justice...3
CJC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional....3
CJC Electives selected in consultation with and
approved by the department advisor, at
least 4 hours of which must be upper-division.9
18
Hospitality, Meeting & Travel Administration
Major for Bachelor of Arts
The Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration Department provides a flexible and individualized inter-disciplinary program leading to the Bachelor of Arts Degree, and Plus I and Plus II Certificates of Completion.
A student is offered areas of emphasis in Hotel-Motel Administration, Meeting Administration, Restaurant Administration or Travel Administration, Each of the areas of emphasis is designed for the individual student to provide both the theoretical knowledge and practical experiences to prepare him/her for employment in these rapidly expanding industries.
To be awarded a degree, the student must conform to the General Studies requirements as stated by the HMTA Department. These required General Studies meet the specifications of Metropolitan State College.
In addition to meeting course requirements and the General Studies requirements, the HMTA student must:
1. Maintain a Grade Point Average of 2.25.
2. Demonstrate a typing proficiency of 35 wpm.
3. Demonstrate a basic competence in a foreign language.*
4. Present certification of 1,200 clock hours of on-the-job experience in the HMTA areas of emphasis. These may be secured through paid job experience, cooperative education, externships, or a combination or the three. (No more than 9 semester hours in cooperative education will be accepted and these hours must contain specific description of the job duties performed.)
5. Complete a Graduation Agreement and have it approved by the Advisory Committee not later than the third semester of enrollment in the HMTA Program (Second semester for transfer students).
6. Select an HMTA Advisory Committee not later than the third semester of enrollment in the HMTA Program (Second semester for transfer students).
a) The HMTA Committee will be composed of:
1) At least two MSC faculty members, plus the Department Chairman.
2) At least one member from the industry represented by the student's area of emphasis. Three industry members is maximum.
b) The committee works with the student in planning her or his program and meets with the student at
90


School of Professional Studies
least once a year to advise and assist the student in the accomplishment of that program.
'Competence to be certified by MSC Modern Language Department, having the equivalence of, or taking MDL 100-3 and earn a grade of "C or better.
General Studies for HMTA Majors
I. Freshman Composition
ENG 101 and 102................................
II. Humanities
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication... MDL 100 Language Conversation (Spanish, French,
German)...........................................
Electives......................................
III. Science and Mathematics
Mathematics Course Approved by HMTA Advisor.... Electives Physical, Biological or Earth Science.
IV. Social and Behavioral Science
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro........
Social or Behavioral Science Course
Approved by HMTA Advisor.......................
Electives (Psychology Recommended).............
V. Career
Writing Course Approved by HMTA Advisor........
Computer Course Approved by HMTA Advisor.......
Semester
Hours
.6
.3
.3
.2
.2
.6
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
Total.
36
HMTA Core (Required of all HMTA Majors)
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant
Administration.................................3
HMT 103 Principles of Meeting/Travel Administration.....3
HES 105 Dynamics of Health..............................3
HMT 109 Job Search-Strategies...........................3
ITS 345 Facility Planning...............................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
MGT 356 Small Business Management.......................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication.....................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing...........................3
Total.................................................... 27
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II.....................3
HMT 456 Hotel/Restaurant Law.............................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development........3
HMT 468 Thesis in Restaurant Administration..............2
HMT 469 Seminar in Restaurant Administration.............2
Total...................................................... 37
Meeting Administration Emphasis
Required Courses Hour*
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
JRN 284 Fundamentals of Public Relations................3
HMT 276 Meeting Planning 1..............................3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality.................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design........3
HMT 476 Meeting Planning II.............................3
HMT 478 Thesis in Meeting Administration................2
HMT 479 Seminar in Meeting Administration...............2
Sub Total..................................................22
Electives: It is strongly recommended that Meeting students utilize their electives and a minor to secure an area of specialization in the Meeting field.
Category I (Select 3 hours)............................3
MGT 221-3 Business Law
MKT 300-3 Principles of Marketing
MKT 311-3 Advertising
MKT 312-3 Promotional Strategy
MKT 316-3 Sales Management
MKT 371-3 International Marketing
CMS 300-3 Computers and Society
CMS 305-3 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design
CMS 306-3 File Design and Data Base Management
Category II (Select 6 hours)...........................6
HMT 370-3 HMTA Media Workshop HMT 378-3 Leadership by Objectives HMT 472-3 Meeting Law HMT 473-2 Principles of Negotiation
Category III (Select 6 Hours)..........................6
Hotel Administration Emphasis
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1........................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.......................3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality...................3
HMT 351 Hotel Administration 1............................3
HMT 352 Hotel Administration II...........................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control..................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration 1.......................3
HMT 456 Hotel/Restaurant Law..............................3
HMT 458 Thesis in Hotel Administration....................2
HMT 459 Seminar in Hotel Administration...................2
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development..................3
HMT 181-3 Basic Travel Procedures I HMT 282-3 Travel Agency Management HMT 351-3 Hotel Administration I HMT 352-3 Hotel Administration II HMT 366-3 Restaurant Administration I HMT 367-3 Restaurant Administration II HMT 382-3 Travel Law
HMT 465-3 Hospitality Employee Resource Development HMT 481-4 Tour Development and Administration
Total.............................................. 37
Travel Administration Emphasis
Required Courses Hour*
Total.................................................. 31
Restaurant Administration Emphasis
Required Courses Hour*
HES 204 Nutrition....................................3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1...................3
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures and Production 1..........3
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures and Production II.........3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality..............3
HMT 360 Beverage Control.............................3
HMT 361 Enology......................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration 1..................3
GEG 180 Travel Geography.............................3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures 1....................3
HMT 182 Basic Travel Procedures II...................4
HMT 281 Computer Reservation Systems.................3
HMT 282 Travel Agency Management.....................3
HMT 285 Travel Agency Accounting.....................3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality..............3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design.....3
HMT 382 Travel Law...................................3
HMT 481 Tour Development and Administration..........4
HMT 488 Thesis in Travel Administration..............2
HMT 489 Seminar in Travel Administration.............2
Total................................................... 36
91


School of Professional Studies
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts Communications: Meeting Planning
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communications. In addition to the requirements listed below, students must complete a minimum of 18 upper-division hours and supporting proficiencies (see CMM advisor).
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories......3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................3
Total 6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
HMT 200 Externship 1.................................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking...........3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership........................3
SPE 312 Parliamentary Procedure......................2
HMT 276 Meeting Planning 1...........................3
HMT 476 Meeting Planning II..........................3
HMT 400 Externship II................................3
Recommended Electives
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies......3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.....................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing......................3
MKT 311 Advertising..................................3
HMT 370 HMTA Media Workshop..........................3
And other designed electives............................18
Total.......................................................... 42
HMTA Minors
The Hospitality Meeting and Travel Administration Department offers minors in all four areas of emphasis. Students are expected to know any prerequisites for courses in other departments. Minor requirements are listed below.
Hotel Administration Minor
Semester
Hours
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration..3
HMT 351 Hotel Administration 1.........................3
HMT 352 Hotel Administration II........................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration 1....................3
HMT 456 Hotel/Restaurant Law...........................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing..........................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development......3
HMT Electives................................2-3
Total................................................... 23-24
Restaurant Administration Minor
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration..3
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures and Production 1............3
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures and Production II...........3
HMT 360 Beverage Control...............................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I....................3
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II...................3
HMT 456 Hotel Restaurant Law...........................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing..........................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development......3
Total Minor................................................ 27
Meeting Administration Minor
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration.3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures 1.....................3
HMT 276 Meeting Planning 1............................3
HMT 370 HMTA Media Workshop...........................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design......3
HMT 378 Leadership by Objectives......................3
HMT 472 Meeting Law...................................3
HMT 476 Meeting Planning II...........................3
Total Minor............................................ 24
Travel Administration Minor
HMT 103 Principles of Meeting/Travel Administration...3
GEG 180 Travel Geography..............................3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures 1.....................3
HMT 182 Basic Travel Procedures II....................4
HMT 281 Computer Reservation Systems..................3
HMT 282 Travel Agency Management......................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing.........................3
HMT 481 Tour Development and Administration...........4
Total Minor............................................ 26
Hospitality, Meeting, Travel Administration
Certificates of Completion
Plus I and Plus II Programs
These two programs of the Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration Department are designed for special students: persons with BA or MA Degrees who want to enter the hospitality field; persons with Associate Degrees; a lack of course work or knowledge of the hospitality fields; and students who find that funds are limited to remain in college for a four-year period. Upon completion of the requirements of the Plus I program, the student is awarded a Certificate of Completion in his/her chosen area of emphasis.
Plus I
The Plus I program is designed for two types of students: (1) The student with a previous degree who wishes to secure minimal qualifications in a major field of HMTA, or (2) The student with no degree or a few college hours of credit who wishes to be qualified for entry-level in a major field of HMTA.
An entering student must secure the written approval of the Department Chairperson before enrolling.
Plus II
The Plus II program is designed for two types of students: (1) The student with a previous degree whose prior learning indicates a lack of course work or life experience in critical areas of the major field, or (2) The student with an Associate Degree or two years of college who wishes to secure a Baccalaureate Degree.
A student entering the Plus II program must recognize a Baccalaureate Degree at Metropolitan State College requires a minimum of 40 semester hours of Upper Division (300 and 400 level) course work and the completion of all General Studies requirements.
An entering student must secure the written approval of the Department Chairman before enrolling.
Plus I Program (Hotel Administration)
Semester
Hours
HMT 103 Principles of Meeting/Travel Administration.......3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I........................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management..........................3
92


School of Professional Studies
ITS 345 Facility Planning...............................3
HMT 351 Hotel Administration 1..........................3
HMT 352 Hotel Administration II.........................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I.....................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing...........................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development......3
Total Hours................................................ 30
Plus I Program (Restaurant Administration)
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration..3
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures and Production 1..........3
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures and Production II..........3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
ITS 345 Facility Planning...............................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration 1.....................3
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II....................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing...........................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development......3
Total Hours................................................ 33
Plus I Program (Meeting Administration)
HMT 102 Principles of Hotel/Restaurant Administration..3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures 1.......................3
Basic Computer Course Approved by
HMTA Advisor...................................3
HMT 276 Meeting Planning 1..............................3
HMT 370 HMTA Media Workshop.............................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design .......3
HMT 378 Leadership by Objectives........................3
HMT 457 Hospitality Marketing...........................3
HMT 473 Principles of Negotiation.......................3
or
HMT 479 Seminar in Meeting Administration...............2
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
or
MGT 356 Small Business Management.......................3
HMT 472 Meeting Law.....................................3
Total Hours............................................... 32
Plus I Program (Travel Administration)
GEG 180 Travel Geography................................3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures 1.......................3
HMT 182 Basic Travel Procedures II......................4
HMT 281 Computer Reservation Systems....................3
HMT 282 Travel Agency Management........................3
HMT 285 Travel Agency Accounting........................3
HMT 382 Travel Law......................................3
HMT 481 Tour Development and Administration.............4
Total Hours............................................... 26
Plus II Program: Hotel Administration
Samester
Required Courses Hour*
HMTA Core..................................................27
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I.,....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality.................3
HMT 351 Hotel Administration 1..........................3
HMT 352 Hotel Administration II.........................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I.....................3
HMT 456 Hotel/Restaurant Law............................3
HMT 458 Thesis in Hotel Administration..................2
HMT 459 Seminar in Hotel Administration.................2
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development......3
31
Total Hours............................................... 58
Plus II Program: Restaurant Administration Required Courses
HMTA Core.................................................27
HES 204 Nutrition......................................3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1.....................3
HMT 161 Kitchen Procedures and Production 1............3
HMT 162 Kitchen Procedures and Production II...........3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality................3
HMT 360 Beverage Control...............................3
HMT 361 Enology........................................3
HMT 366 Restaurant Administration I....................3
HMT 367 Restaurant Administration II...................3
HMT 456 Hotel/Restaurant Law...........................3
HMT 465 Hospitality Employee Resource Development.....3
HMT 468 Thesis in Restaurant Administration............3
HMT 469 Seminar in Restaurant Administration...........2
37
Total Hours.............................................. 64
Plus II Program: Meeting Administration
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HMTA Core ................................................27
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I.....................3
JRN 284 Fundamentals of Public Relations...............3
HMT 276 Meeting Planning 1.............................3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design.......3
HMT 476 Meeting Planning II............................3
HMT 478 Thesis in Meeting Administration...............2
HMT 479 Seminar in Meeting Administration..............2
22
Electives from Categories II and III......................14
Total Hours.............................................. 63
Plus II Program: Travel Administration
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HMTA Core ................................................27
GEG 180 Travel Geography...............................3
HMT 181 Basic Travel Procedures 1......................3
HMT 182 Basic Travel Procedures II.....................4
HMT 281 Computer Reservation Systems...................3
HMT 282 Travel Agency Management.......................3
HMT 285 Travel Agency Accounting.......................3
HMT 300 Research Methods in Hospitality................3
HMT 375 Promotion Materials: Analysis and Design.......3
HMT 382 Travel Law.....................................3
HMT 481 Tour Development and Administration............4
HMT 488 Thesis in Travel Administration................2
HMT 489 Seminar in Travel Administration...............2
Total Hours.............................................. 63
Industrial Communications
The Industrial Communications Department offers three areas of emphasis under the Communications Multi-Major and an Industrial Communications minor. The three areas of emphasis are Industrial Media, Industrial-Organizational Communications and Industrial Communications Specialist. Each area of emphasis offers training in one or more communications areas that are most in demand by industry and government. Industrial Media prepares an individual to write, edit and publish the wide variety of reports, manuals and other technical or lay publications produced by industry and government. Industrial-Organizational Communications is designed for the person who desires to manage the flow of information within a company or government agency or between industries and agencies. The Industrial Communications Specialist meets two needs of industry and government: 1) persons prepared to design and implement inter-
93


School of Professional Studies
nal training programs, and 2) persons seeking careers in public information through print or visual media.
The Industrial Communications minor provides a general background in communications designed to meet the minimal needs of industry and government with opportunity to emphasize the area of most interest to the individual student. The minor is particularly useful to persons majoring in scientific and technological disciplines as a means of expanding their employment skills.
The Department welcomes students from the community and other areas of the College whose professional or academic work will benefit from one or more of the Departments offerings. Persons enrolling for one of the major areas of emphasis or the minor must confer with a departmental advisor because all academic programs are tailored to the career goals of the individual student.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts Communications: Industrial Media Sponsored by the Department of Industrial Communications
This communication area of emphasis provides the student with both theory and production practices used in industry, including principles of development and application, technical experience, hands-on practice with hardware and the production of software, and media programs.
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories....................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion....................3
Total.................................................. 6
and industrial communications networks and systems with related applications used in managing the flow of information.
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories.....................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.....................3
Total.................................................. 6
Required Area of Emphasis Courses 24 hours from the following
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing.............3
COM 273 Industrial Communication and Media...........3
COM 299 Internship................................arr.
COM 372 Projects in Organizational
Communications...............................3
COM 373 Communications Systems Analysis..............3
COM 376 Instructional Communication..................3
COM 377 Executive Communication......................3
COM 378 Communication and the Law....................3
COM 379 Empirical Research in Communication..........3
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/
Organization Communication...................3
COM 480 Workshop..................................arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship.......................arr.
MGT 355 Production Management........................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations.....................3
PSY 345 Industrial Psychology........................3
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering.....................3
SOC 305 Sociology of Industry and Occupations........3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership........................3
Total.................................................. 24
Required Area of Emphasis Courses 24 hours from the following
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing...............3
COM 273 Industrial Communication and Media..............3
COM 274 Continuity for Radio............................3
COM 299 Internship...................................arr.
COM 371 Projects in Industrial Communication............3
COM 373 Communications Systems Analysis.................3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film/Television.................3
COM 375 Industrial Editing and Production...............3
COM 376 Instructional Communication.....................3
COM 378 Communication and the Law.......................3
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/
Organizational Communications..................3
COM 480 Workshop.....................................arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship..........................arr.
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television
Broadcasting...................................3
SPE 345 Radio-Television Production and
Announcing.....................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art..................3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life..............................3
Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis
and/or the free electives list.................................12
Total......................................................... 42
Communications: Industrial Specialist Sponsored by the Department of Industrial Communications
This area of emphasis concentrates on the development and application of effective communication methods at the interpersonal, organizational and social levels for application in industrial training and industrial relations through the print and visual media.
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion
Semester
Hours
........3
........3
Total.
24
Total..
Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis
and/or the free electives list..................................12
Total.......................................................... 42
Communications: Industrial-Organizational Sponsored by the Department of Industrial Communications
This communication area of emphasis provides the student practical experience and theoretical understanding of technical
94
Required Area of Emphasis Courses 24 hours from the following
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing............3
COM 273 Industrial Communication and Media...........3
COM 299 Internship...................................3
COM 371 Projects in Industrial Communications........3
COM 372 Projects in Organizational Communications....3
COM 374 Script Writing: Film/Television..............3
COM 376 Instructional Communication..................3
COM 377 Executive Communication......................3
COM 379 Empirical Research in Communication..........3


School of Professional Studies
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/
Organizational Communications.................3
COM 480 Workshop..................................arr.
COM 499 Advanced Internship.......................arr.
ENG 303 Semantics....................................3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies......3
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public
Opinion.......................................3
MGT 357 Labor/Employee Relations.....................3
PSY 441 Human Factors Engineering....................3
SOC 387 Mass Communication and Collective
Behavior......................................3
SPE 311 Conference Leadership........................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.....................3
Total................................................... 24
Electives
military that parallels the content of some of the courses. To receive credit for such experience the student must contact the Department for evaluation.
Industrial and Technical Studies Major For A Bachelor of Science Degree
Within the Industrial and Technical Studies Major the following areas of emphasis are available.
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis
Graduates meet all the state requirements for a secondary teaching credential and are qualified to teach Industrial Arts in both junior and senior high schools. Courses are also offered which are designed for those already in teaching and desire to further their professional growth.
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis
and/or the free electives list..................................12
Total........................................................... 42
Industrial Communications Minor
Rehabilitation Therapy Area of Emphasis
Students selecting Rehabilitation Therapy must complete requirements for the Industrial Arts teaching credentials as well as the requirements for the Manual Arts Therapy Certificate. Completion of the course of study qualifies the student to be certified by the Veterans Administration.
I. Each of the following courses:
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories
COM 273 Industrial Communication and Media
Semester Hours Required.................................. 9
II. Five of the following courses:
COM 274 Continuity for Radio
COM 371 Projects in Industrial Communications
COM 372 Projects in Organizational Communications
COM 373 Communications Systems Analysis
COM 374 Script Writing: Film/Television
COM 375 Industrial Editing and Production
COM 376 Instructional Communication
COM 377 Executive Communication
COM 378 Communication and the Law
COM 379 Empirical Research in Communication
COM 479 Current Problems in Industrial/Organizational
Communications
Semester Hours Required............................ 15
Total Semester Hours Required...................... 24
Industrial and Technical Studies
The Department of Industrial and Technical Studies offers two majors for a Bachelor of Science Degree:
Industrial and Technical Studies (ITS)
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Rehabilitation Therapy Area of Emphasis Business Area of Emphasis Internship Area of Emphasis Technical and Industrial Administration (ITA)
Minors
Industrial and Technical Studies Industrial Arts Teaching
General Studies
Courses offered by the Department may be applied toward the career category of the general studies requirements of the college and provide students with the opportunity to explore areas of individual interest.
Credit by Examination
Often students selecting the Industrial and Technical Studies major have extensive experience in business, industry or the
Business Area of Emphasis
Selection of the Business Emphasis prepares students to enter business and industry in a variety of capacities. Sales, manufacturing, management and small business operation provide diverse opportunities for graduates. Within this Emphasis, speciality areas are available in:
-Automotive -Graphics
-Drafting -Metals
-Electricity/Electronics -Woods
Internship Area of Emphasis
Specialities available under the Business Area of Emphasis are also available in the Internship Area of Emphasis. Under this program students receive on-the-job training by working in business and industry in a capacity related to their own speciality area. Employment opportunities are comparable to those in the Business Area of Emphasis.
Persons with appropriate occupational experience may wish to pursue the baccalaureate degree by combining the approved Vocational Education courses offered by Colorado State University and the University of Northern Colorado with an appropriate sequence of industrial and technical courses.
Industrial and Technical Studies Major for Bachelor of Science Degree
In order to be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial and Technical Studies, the student must meet the College's general specifications for the baccalaureate degree and must complete the courses required for one of the four areas of emphasis (Industrial Arts Teaching, Rehabilitation Therapy, Business, or Internship) as listed below. No minor required.
Semester
General Studies Hou
Freshman Composition....................................6
ENG 101 and ENG 102
Humanities..........................................8 -10
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication Electives*
Science and/or Mathematics*..........................8-10
MTH 100 Survey of Mathematics PHY 100 Introduction to Physics Elective
95


School of Professional Studies
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences............................8-10
Electives*
Career.......................................................3-6
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing Elective
Total........................................................ 36
See Rehabilitation Therapy Area of Emphasis and Electricity/Electronics Specialty for Required General Studies Courses for these programs.
Industrial and Technical Studies Core
ITS 101 Introduction to Woodworking.........................4
ITS 102 Introduction to Industrial and Technical
Studies...........................................1
ITS 103 Finishing Materials and Processes..................2
ITS 110 Introduction to Plastics I.......................2
ITS 120 Introduction to General Metals: Cold Metals...2
ITS 122 Introduction to General Metals: Hot Metals.......2
ITS 141 Industrial Drawing: Sketching.......................2
ITS 142 Industrial Drawing: Instruments....................2
ITS 150 Introduction to Graphic Arts 1....................2
ITS 151 Introduction to Graphic Arts II...................2
ITS 160 Introduction to Power: Mechanical
and Internal Combustion...........................2
ITS 163 Introduction to Power: Hydraulic and Electrical...2
ITS 170 Consumer Electricity and Electronics:
Residential Systems...............................2
ITS 171** Consumer Electricity and Electronics:
Communication Systems.............................2
ITS 172** Consumer Electricity and Electronics:
Control Systems...................................2
ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Production...................4
Total......................................................... 35
"Electricity/Electronics Specialty students substitute EET 210-4, Electronics I.
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis
General Studies............................................ 36
Industrial and Technical Studies Core......................35
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Requirements.....14
ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of Teaching
Industrial Arts......................... 3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration of
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry..................... 3
MTH 111 College Algebra........................... 4
PHY 100 Introduction to Physics................... 4
Industrial and Technical Studies Core........................35
Electricity/Electronics Specialty Core.......................16
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines............ 3
EET 211 Electronics Laboratory.................... 1
EET 232 Digital Circuits 1........................ 3
EET 333 Digital Circuits II....................... 3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors......... 3
EET 436 Microprocessor Applications............... 3
Industrial Arts Teaching Emphasis Requirements................6
ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of
Teaching Industrial Arts.................. 3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration
of Industrial Arts........................ 3
Teacher Certification Requirements...........................34
Total...................................................... 127
Required for Specialty
Rehabilitation Therapy Area of Emphasis
General Studies............................................. 36
In addition to the courses required in general studies, where asterisks are indicated the following courses must be completed. Humanities
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy................ 3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology................. 3
SOC 201 Social Problems........................... 3
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology................ 3
Industrial and Technical Studies Core........................35
Teaching Certification Requirements (See Industrial Arts
Teaching Emphasis for Courses)............................34
Industrial Arts Teaching Emphasis Requirements...............14
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts..................... 4
ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of Teaching
Industrial Arts........................... 3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration of
Industrial Arts........................... 3
ITS Upper-Division Elective................... 4
Rehabilitation Therapy Certification Requirements............18
ITS 499 Institutional Internship.................. 6
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment................ 3
PSY 241 Social Psychology......................... 3
PSY 321 Abnormal Psychology....................... 3
PSY 400 Theories of Personality................... 3
Industrial Arts.........
ITS Upper-Division Electives
Teaching Certification Requirements....
EDU 221
EDU 222
EDU 320
EDU 321
EDU 322
EDU 360
EDU 361
EDU 429
RDG 328
Electives
Process of Education in Urban
Secondary Schools...................
Field Experiences in Urban Secondary
Schools.............................
The Adolescent as a Learner.........
Materials and Techniques of Instruction
for Secondary School Teachers.......
Field Experiences in Tutoring and
Materials Construction..............
The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom...........................
The Use of Media in Education.......
Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary...........................
Teaching of Reading in the Content Area: Secondary.....................
3
8
....34
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
12
3
120
Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis -Electricity/Electronics Specialty
General Studies........................................ 36
Science and/or Mathematics
Total.
137
Business Area of Emphasis
General Studies........................................... 36
Science and/or Mathematics for Electricity/Electronics Specialty
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry.................1
MTH 111 College Algebra.......................4
PHY 100 Introduction to Physics...............4
Industrial and Technical Studies Core......................35
Business Core..............................................24
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I............... 3
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation................. 3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro........ 3
MGT 221 Business Law I........................... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management................ 3
MGT 321 Business Law II.......................... 3
MGT 356 Small Business Management............... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing................. 3
Speciality Areas........................................16-24
Automotive
ITS 260 Automotive Maintenance and Repair.... 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Ignition,
Carburetor and Emission Systems....... 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Electrical
Systems............................... 4
96


School of Professional Studies
ITS 365 Automotive Systems:
Autobody Fundamentals................... 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Engine Overhaul. 4
ITS 420 Welding Technology...................... 4
Drafting
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............. 4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts................... 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies........................ 5
CEN 210 Structural Drawing..................... 3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry................... 2
CEN 221 Architectural Drawing.................. 3
Electricity/Electron ics
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines.......... 3
EET 211 Electronics Laboratory.................. 1
EET 232 Digital Circuits 1...................... 3
EET 333 Digital Circuits II..................... 3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors....... 3
EET 436 Microprocessor Applications............. 3
Graphics
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography............ 3
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............. 4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts................... 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies........................ 5
TEI 200 Airbrush 1............................. 6
(DACC course)
Metals
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II............ 2
ITS 231 Art Metal, Silversmith and Lapidary.. 2
ITS 321 Advanced Metalworking...................4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............ 4
ITS 420 Welding Technology..................... 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial
and Technical Studies.................... 5
CEN 313 Materials Engineering.................. 3
Wood
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II............ 2
ITS 301 Advanced Woodworking................... 4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............ 4
ITS 345 Facility Planning...................... 3
ITS 401 Furniture Construction................. 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial
and Technical Studies.................... 5
Electives..................................................1-9
Total................................................... 120
Internship Area of Emphasis
General Studies.......................................... 36
Science and/or Mathematics for E/E Specialty
MTH 103 Triangle Trigonometry.................. 1
MTH 111 College Algebra........................ 4
PHY 100 Introduction to Physics................ 4
Industrial and Technical Studies Core.....................35
Business Core..............................................9
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I......*........ 3
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation................ 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management............... 3
Internship................................................12
Specialty Areas .......................................16-24
Automotive
ITS 260 Automotive Maintenance and Repair..... 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Ignition,
Carburetor and Emission Systems....... 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Electrical
Systems................................ 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems:
Autobody Fundamentals.................. 4
ITS 365 Automotive Systems: Engine Overhaul. 4
ITS 420 Welding Technology..................... 4
Drafting
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............ 4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts.................. 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial
and Technical Studies..................... 5
CEN 210 Structural Drawing...................... 3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry.................... 2
CEN 221 Architectural Drawing................... 3
Electricity/Electronics (E/E)
EET 200 Electronic Circuits and Machines...... 3
EET 211 Electronics Laboratory.................. 1
EET 232 Digital Circuits 1...................... 3
EET 333 Digital Circuits II..................... 3
EET 336 Introduction to Microprocessors....... 3
EET 436 Microprocessor Applications............. 3
Graphics
ITS 255 Introduction to Photography............. 3
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............. 4
ITS 350 Advanced Graphic Arts................... 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial
and Technical Studies..................... 5
TEI 200 Airbrush 1.............................. 6
(DACC course)
Metals
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II............. 2
ITS 231 Art Metal, Silversmith and Lapidary... 2
ITS 321 Advanced Metalworking................... 4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............. 4
ITS 420 Welding Technology...................... 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial
and Technical Studies..................... 5
CEN 313 Materials Engineering................... 3
Wood
ITS 112 Introduction to Plastics II............. 2
ITS 301 Advanced Woodworking.................... 4
ITS 340 Advanced Industrial Drawing............. 4
ITS 345 Facility Planning..................... 3
ITS 401 Furniture Construction.................. 4
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial
and Technical Studies..................... 5
Total........................................................ 120
Technical and Industrial Administration Major for Bachelor of Science Degree
The Technical and Industrial Administration Major builds on the technical expertise attained through completion of an Associate of Applied Science, Associate of Science or Associate of Arts Degree with specialties from within the fields of Trade and Industrial (T & I) or Technical Education. This major provides students with an increased opportunity for career mobility and advancement in jobs related to, or associated with, their technical background.
Students who have met MSCs general studies requirements should be able to complete the BS degree in four to five semesters. Technical credits earned in the Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree will be accepted and applied toward requirements for a minor. Students entering this program must possess an Associate Degree and complete the following
requirements.
Semester
Hours
General Studies..............................................36
Technical and Industrial Administration Core.................20
ITS 370 Industrial Safety........................ 3
ITS 371 Development in Industrial and Technical
Processes............................... 3
ITS 372 Characteristics of Industrial and
Technical Personnel Selection,
Supervision and Evaluation.................3
ITS 470 Trade and Technical Enterprises......... 5
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I............... 3
MGT 300 Principles of Management................. 3
Select 1 to 12 semester hours..............................1-12
ITS 487 Special Studies in Industrial and
Technical Studies.......:...............1-5
ITS 471 Trade and Technical Practicum............ 8
ITS 472 Professional Internship................. 12
97


School of Professional Studies
Electives to complete 30 credit hour major...............0-9
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation................. 3
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal
Communications........................ 3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..... 3
FIN 225 Personal Money Management............... 3
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance................. 3
MGT 356 Small Business Management............... 3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing................. 3
MKT 301 Marketing Research...................... 3
MKT 310 Retailing............................... 3
COM Upper Division Courses
ITS Upper Division Courses
Minor Four (4) upper division credit hours must be completed in addition to technical credits transferred from Associate in Applied Science (AAS) degree. These must be selected in consultation with and approved by a Departmental Advisor..4
Associate Degree Credits.................................40-50
Total..................................................... 120
Industrial and Technical Studies Minor......................22
This minor must be approved in writing by the Chair of the Department of Industrial and Technical Studies. The Chair must approve the plan of study and will take into account the student's previous experience and future occupational goals.
Industrial Arts Teaching Minor Requirements..............22
ITS 380 Industrial Safety and Production...............4
ITS 481 Curriculum and Methods of Teaching Industrial
Arts..........................................3
ITS 483 Organization and Administration of Industrial
Arts..........................................3
ITS Lower-Division Elective........................8
ITS Upper-Division Elective........................4
Military Science (Army ROTC)
The Department of Military Science offers two Army ROTC programs leading to a commission in the active Army, Army Reserve or National Guard. All class work is conducted on the Auraria Campus.
Four-Year Program. The standard four-year program consists of two phases. The basic course, normally completed during the freshman and sophomore years, consists of courses in military science, officer career development, leadership theory and management. The advanced course normally coincides with the junior and senior years. Subject areas include leadership, methods of instruction, tactics and unit operations, military law, history, national strategy, and Army policies. Completion of a six-week Advanced Camp in the summer is required prior to commissioning.
Two-Year Program. The abbreviated two-year program consists of the same courses offered in the advanced course. However, both undergraduate and graduate students may become qualified for this program by successful completion of a six-week summer basic camp, an on-campus summer program, or specially designed compression courses offered during the spring or fall semesters. If selected for the abbreviated program under these options, students may receive an early commission with the Reserve or National Guard while continuing their college education at the undergraduate or graduate level.
Students should contact the Professor of Military Science for specific requirements and options available based on each students status at the time of program entry. Students who are veterans of military service, or participated in Junior ROTC, Civil Air Patrol, or similar organizations may have a portion or all of the basic course requirements waived by the Professor of Military Science.
Compression Course MIS 204
This course is specifically designed to allow students who are second semester freshmen or sophomores to complete Military Science I and II requirements during one semester. Students then complete Military Science III and IV during their next four
98
semesters. The the course is offered during Spring Semester and Summer School. Students should contact the Department of Military Science for specific requirements and options.
Scholarships
Students selected for a U.S. Army scholarship receive full tuition, a flat fee for books, laboratory fees, classroom materials, and an allowance of $1000 during each academic year. Only high school seniors are eligible to apply for four-year scholarships. Full-time students may compete for three- and two- year scholarships. All scholarship benefits are tax free and competition is open to both men and women, regardless of current involvement in ROTC.
Flight Training
Students selected for the advanced course may become qualified, as cadets, to participate in the Army Aviation Program. These individuals will attend flight school after completion of their Officers Basic Course while on active duty.
Course Credit
Army ROTC course credit for graduation varies with each School. Students should contact the Dean of their School to clarify the number of credit hours that will be accepted toward their degree program.
GRFD Guaranteed Reserve Forces Duty
This program provides for a guarantee that the students obligation upon commissioning will be fulfilled as a member of the Army Reserve or National Guard instead of active duty.
Semester
Program of Study Hours
Four-Year Program
The following courses or an approved substitute are required during the first two years:
MIS 101 Introduction to Military Science 1...............2
MIS 102 Introduction to Military Science II..................2
MIS 201 Introduction to Leadership and Management 1........3
MIS 202 Introduction to Leadership and Management II 3
Students taking summer courses or desiring to compress the first two years into one school semester may take the following course.
MIS 204 Introduction to Military Science and Leadership ...4
The following courses are required during the last two years of the program:
MIS 301 Control Aspects of Small Unit Operations 1...2
MIS 302 Control Aspects of Small Unit Operations II..4
MIS 303 Leadership Practicum.........................1
MIS 305 Summer Practicum (Advanced camp credit is
optional)....................................5
MIS 401 Seminar in Officer Development 1.............2
MIS 402 Seminar in Officer Development II............2
MIS 403 Leadership Practicum (Fall Semester).........1
MIS 404 Leadership Practicum (Spring Semester).......1
Two-Year Program
Veterans of military service, reservists, students with Junior ROTC, Civil Air Patrol, or equivalent experience, may be allowed advanced placement for all or a portion of the first two years. Students who complete the summer ROTC Basic Camp are allowed to enroll in the program at the MIS 300-course level.
Students desiring a commission through the ROTC program must consult with the Professor of Military Science regarding required enrichment courses, to include the following subjects:
1. Management
2. Advanced Compositon
3. Human Behavior
4. National Security Studies
5. American Military History


School of Professional Studies
Nursing and Health Care Management
The purpose of the programs in the Department of Nursing and Health Care Management is to stimulate the personal and professional development of health care workers, to stimulate awareness of health care trends and issues, and to prepare health care professionals to cope with the future problems of health care delivery in a rapidly changing society.
The Department of Nursing and Health Care Management offers two baccalaureate majors: (1) Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing and (2) Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Health Care Management. An extended major in Health Care Management-Gerontology is also available. Three Nurse Practitioner programs, Adult, Geriatric, and Family Nurse Practitioner, are offered as elective programs for baccalaureate nursing students in addition to the regular baccalaureate program for registered nurses. Health Services courses are offered for nonhealth and health majors.
It is required that students desiring to enter programs in the Department of Nursing and Health Care Management seek academic advising from a faculty member in the Department prior to registration for classes. Students are responsible for keeping themselves informed of the latest program changes. Up-to-date program materials are available in the Department of Nursing and Health Care Management.
Health Care Management
The upper-division program in Health Care Management provides the student the opportunity to prepare for a middle management position in the health field. The program is designed for graduates of an associate degree health occupation as well as for persons who are employed in the health field and who desire to gain formal middle management knowledge and skill.
Some of the associate degree health occupation programs with which the health care management program is congruent include: nuclear medicine technology, radiation therapy, radiologic technology, environmental health, dental assisting, inhalation therapy, laboratory assistant, nursing, and other health occupations with an associate degree.
In order to enroll in courses in the Health Care Management major, the student should have junior standing. All general requirements of the college for a Bachelor of Science degree must be met prior to graduation.
Health Care Management Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HCM 301 Health Care Organization....................3
HCM 302 Management Principles in Health Care........3
HCM 303 Health Care Jurisprudence...................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...........3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.....................3
HCM 402 Personnel Management in Health Care.........3
HCM 403 Financial Management in Health Care.........3
HCM 404 Health Care Economics.......................3
NUR 420 Research, or PSY 331 Research Techniques,
Experimental I, or SOC 307 Sociological
Research Methods............................3
HCM 451 Health Care Management Practicum............6
33
Prerequisite Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting I.....................3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro...................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics......................4
or
PSY 311 Introduction to Statistics for Social and
Behavioral Sciences.............................3
Minor
The student selects a minor with approval of the faculty. It is recommended that a minor in the School of Business be selected. Students who have an associate degree in a health occupation may substitute up to 24 hours of selected, approved, associate degree major courses in lieu of a minor toward the baccalaureate degree. Course credit achieved through standardized examination by diploma nurse students is equivalent to associate degree, health occupation credit. This credit will be accepted in the same manner as associate degree major course credit, i.e., up to 24 hours.
Health Care Management Gerontology Area of Emphasis
Health Care Management majors who desire work in institutions providing care to the elderly are encouraged to take the Health Care Management-Gerontology Area of Emphasis.
Students taking the extended major are required to take the Health Care Management major in addition to the following courses. Students taking the extended major are not required to take a minor.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
Health Care Management major courses.................33
HES 204 Nutrition...................................3
SOC 105 Introduction to Gerontology..................3
SOC 205 Sociology of Aging..........................3
SOC 377 Sociology of Medicine.......................3
PSY 295 Contemporary Issues in Psychology:
Death and Dying..............................3
PSY 327 Adulthood and Senescence....................3
51
Prerequisite Courses
Same as for the Health Care Management major.
Electives
Student selects, with faculty approval, an additional twelve semester hours of credit from among the following courses:
PSY 493 Seminars in Developmental Psychology:
Senescence...................................3
PSY 499 Field Placement in Gerontology...............3
SOC 381 Population Dynamics..........................3
SOC 405 Urban Gerontology............................3
SOC 413 The Sociology of Death and Dying.............3
SOC 414 Death in America.............................3
SOC 470 Advanced Field Internship....................3
12
Total.................................................. 63
Minor in Health Care Management
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HCM 301 Health Care Organization.................3
HCM 302 Management Principles in Health Care.....3
HCM 303 Health Care Jurisprudence................3
HCM 402 Personnel Management in Health Care......3
HCM 403 Financial Management in Health Care......3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems........3
18
Prerequisite Course
ACC 201-3 Principles of Accounting I
99